2 T
\bTh
\bhe
\be M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-n
\bng
\bg E
\bE-
\b-M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl C
\bCl
\bli
\bie
\ben
\bnt
\bt
4 by Michael Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and others.
8 A
\bAb
\bbs
\bst
\btr
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bt
10 ``All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.'' -me, circa 1995
12 _
\b1_
\b. _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bd_
\bu_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
14 M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-n
\bng
\bg is a small but very powerful text-based MIME mail client. Mutt-ng is
15 highly configurable, and is well suited to the mail power user with advanced
16 features like key bindings, keyboard macros, mail threading, regular expression
17 searches and a powerful pattern matching language for selecting groups of mes-
20 This documentation additionally contains documentation to M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-N
\bNG
\bG, a fork from
21 Mutt with the goal to fix all the little annoyances of Mutt, to integrate all
22 the Mutt patches that are floating around in the web, and to add other new fea-
23 tures. Features specific to Mutt-ng will be discussed in an extra section.
24 Don't be confused when most of the documentation talk about Mutt and not Mutt-
25 ng, Mutt-ng contains all Mutt features, plus many more.
27 _
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bn_
\bg _
\bH_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
31 _
\b1_
\b._
\b2 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bL_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
33 +
\bo mutt-ng-users@lists.berlios.de -- This is where the mutt-ng user support
36 +
\bo mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de -- The development mailing list for mutt-ng
38 _
\b1_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\bo_
\bf_
\bt_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\be _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bS_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
40 So far, there are no official releases of Mutt-ng, but you can download daily
41 snapshots from http://mutt-ng.berlios.de/snapshots/
43 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 1
45 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 2
47 _
\b1_
\b._
\b4 _
\bI_
\bR_
\bC
49 Visit channel _
\b#_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\bn_
\bg on irc.freenode.net (www.freenode.net) to chat with other
50 people interested in Mutt-ng.
52 _
\b1_
\b._
\b5 _
\bW_
\be_
\bb_
\bl_
\bo_
\bg
54 If you want to read fresh news about the latest development in Mutt-ng, and get
55 informed about stuff like interesting, Mutt-ng-related articles and packages
56 for your favorite distribution, you can read and/or subscribe to our Mutt-ng
59 _
\b1_
\b._
\b6 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt
61 Mutt is Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Michael R. Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and others
63 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
64 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
65 Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later ver-
68 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
69 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
70 PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
72 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
73 this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
74 Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
76 _
\b2_
\b. _
\bG_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
78 This section is intended as a brief overview of how to use Mutt-ng. There are
79 many other features which are described elsewhere in the manual. <-- There is
80 even more information available in the Mutt FAQ and various web pages. See the
81 Mutt Page for more details. -->
83 The key bindings described in this section are the defaults as distributed.
84 Your local system administrator may have altered the defaults for your site.
85 You can always type ``?'' in any menu to display the current bindings.
87 The first thing you need to do is invoke mutt-ng simply by typing muttng at the
88 command line. There are various command-line options, see either the muttng
89 man page or the _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.1 , page 62).
91 If you have used mutt in the past the easiest thing to have a proper configura-
92 tion file is to source /.muttrc in /.muttngrc.
94 _
\b2_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bA_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bi_
\bn _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\bs
96 Information is presented in menus, very similar to ELM. Here is a table show-
97 ing the common keys used to navigate menus in Mutt.
99 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 3
101 j or Down next-entry move to the next entry
102 k or Up previous-entry move to the previous entry
103 z or PageDn page-down go to the next page
104 Z or PageUp page-up go to the previous page
105 = or Home first-entry jump to the first entry
106 * or End last-entry jump to the last entry
107 q quit exit the current menu
108 ? help list all key bindings for the current menu
110 _
\b2_
\b._
\b2 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bI_
\bn_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt _
\bF_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd_
\bs
112 Mutt-ng has a builtin line editor which is used as the primary way to input
113 textual data such as email addresses or filenames. The keys used to move
114 around while editing are very similar to those of Emacs.
116 ^A or <Home> bol move to the start of the line
117 ^B or <Left> backward-char move back one char
118 Esc B backward-word move back one word
119 ^D or <Delete> delete-char delete the char under the cursor
120 ^E or <End> eol move to the end of the line
121 ^F or <Right> forward-char move forward one char
122 Esc F forward-word move forward one word
123 <Tab> complete complete filename or alias
124 ^T complete-query complete address with query
125 ^K kill-eol delete to the end of the line
126 ESC d kill-eow delete to the end ot the word
127 ^W kill-word kill the word in front of the cursor
128 ^U kill-line delete entire line
129 ^V quote-char quote the next typed key
130 <Up> history-up recall previous string from history
131 <Down> history-down recall next string from history
132 <BackSpace> backspace kill the char in front of the cursor
133 Esc u upcase-word convert word to upper case
134 Esc l downcase-word convert word to lower case
135 Esc c capitalize-word capitalize the word
137 <Return> n/a finish editing
139 You can remap the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br functions using the _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) com-
140 mand. For example, to make the _
\bD_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be key delete the character in front of the
141 cursor rather than under, you could use
143 bind editor <delete> backspace
145 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl _
\b- _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bI_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
147 Similar to many other mail clients, there are two modes in which mail is read
148 in Mutt-ng. The first is the index of messages in the mailbox, which is called
149 the ``index'' in Mutt. The second mode is the display of the message contents.
150 This is called the ``pager.''
152 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 4
154 The next few sections describe the functions provided in each of these modes.
156 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bI_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx
158 c change to a different mailbox
159 ESC c change to a folder in read-only mode
160 C copy the current message to another mailbox
161 ESC C decode a message and copy it to a folder
162 ESC s decode a message and save it to a folder
163 D delete messages matching a pattern
164 d delete the current message
166 l show messages matching a pattern
167 N mark message as new
168 o change the current sort method
169 O reverse sort the mailbox
170 q save changes and exit
172 T tag messages matching a pattern
173 t toggle the tag on a message
174 ESC t toggle tag on entire message thread
175 U undelete messages matching a pattern
178 x abort changes and exit
179 <Return> display-message
180 <Tab> jump to the next new message
181 @ show the author's full e-mail address
182 $ save changes to mailbox
185 ^L clear and redraw the screen
186 ^T untag messages matching a pattern
188 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs _
\bF_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bs
190 In addition to who sent the message and the subject, a short summary of the
191 disposition of each message is printed beside the message number. Zero or more
192 of the following ``flags'' may appear, which mean:
195 message is deleted (is marked for deletion)
198 message have attachments marked for deletion
201 contains a PGP public key
206 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 5
212 message is PGP encrypted
215 message has been replied to
218 message is signed, and the signature is succesfully verified
229 Some of the status flags can be turned on or off using
231 +
\bo s
\bse
\bet
\bt-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: w)
233 +
\bo c
\bcl
\ble
\bea
\bar
\br-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: W)
235 Furthermore, the following flags reflect who the message is addressed to. They
236 can be customized with the _
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.313 , page 141) variable.
239 message is to you and you only
242 message is to you, but also to or cc'ed to others
245 message is cc'ed to you
251 message is sent to a subscribed mailing list
253 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
255 By default, Mutt-ng uses its builtin pager to display the body of messages.
256 The pager is very similar to the Unix program _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs though not nearly as fea-
259 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 6
261 <Return> go down one line
262 <Space> display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)
263 - go back to the previous page
264 n search for next match
265 S skip beyond quoted text
266 T toggle display of quoted text
268 / search for a regular expression (pattern)
269 ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
270 \ toggle search pattern coloring
271 ^ jump to the top of the message
273 In addition, many of the functions from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx are available in the pager,
274 such as _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be or _
\bc_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be (this is one advantage over using an
275 external pager to view messages).
277 Also, the internal pager supports a couple other advanced features. For one, it
278 will accept and translate the ``standard'' nroff sequences for bold and under-
279 line. These sequences are a series of either the letter, backspace (^H), the
280 letter again for bold or the letter, backspace, ``_'' for denoting underline.
281 Mutt-ng will attempt to display these in bold and underline respectively if
282 your terminal supports them. If not, you can use the bold and underline _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br
283 (section 3.7 , page 21) objects to specify a color or mono attribute for them.
285 Additionally, the internal pager supports the ANSI escape sequences for charac-
286 ter attributes. Mutt-ng translates them into the correct color and character
287 settings. The sequences Mutt-ng supports are:
289 ESC [ Ps;Ps;Ps;...;Ps m
296 3x Foreground color is x
297 4x Background color is x
309 Mutt-ng uses these attributes for handling text/enriched messages, and they can
310 also be used by an external _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) script for high-
311 lighting purposes. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you change the colors for your display, for
313 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 7
315 example by changing the color associated with color2 for your xterm, then that
316 color will be used instead of green.
318 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bT_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\bd _
\bM_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
320 When the mailbox is _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.285 , page 133) by _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs, there are
321 a few additional functions available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br modes.
323 ^D delete-thread delete all messages in the current thread
324 ^U undelete-thread undelete all messages in the current thread
325 ^N next-thread jump to the start of the next thread
326 ^P previous-thread jump to the start of the previous thread
327 ^R read-thread mark the current thread as read
328 ESC d delete-subthread delete all messages in the current subthread
329 ESC u undelete-subthread undelete all messages in the current subthread
330 ESC n next-subthread jump to the start of the next subthread
331 ESC p previous-subthread jump to the start of the previous subthread
332 ESC r read-subthread mark the current subthread as read
333 ESC t tag-thread toggle the tag on the current thread
334 ESC v collapse-thread toggle collapse for the current thread
335 ESC V collapse-all toggle collapse for all threads
336 P parent-message jump to parent message in thread
338 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Collapsing a thread displays only the first message in the thread and
339 hides the others. This is useful when threads contain so many messages that you
340 can only see a handful of threads on the screen. See %M in _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (sec-
341 tion 6.3.112 , page 91). For example, you could use "%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?" in
342 _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91) to optionally display the number of
343 hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
345 See also: _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.3.302 , page 139).
347 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bM_
\bi_
\bs_
\bc_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bn_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
349 c
\bcr
\bre
\bea
\bat
\bte
\be-
\b-a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
352 Creates a new alias based upon the current message (or prompts for a new one).
353 Once editing is complete, an _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) command is added to
354 the file specified by the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65) variable for
355 future use. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Specifying an _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65) does not
356 add the aliases specified there-in, you must also _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page
359 c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk-
\b-t
\btr
\bra
\bad
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bna
\bal
\bl-
\b-p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp
362 This function will search the current message for content signed or encrypted
363 with PGP the "traditional" way, that is, without proper MIME tagging. Techni-
364 cally, this function will temporarily change the MIME content types of the body
365 parts containing PGP data; this is similar to the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 2.3.4 ,
366 page 8) function's effect.
368 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 8
370 d
\bdi
\bis
\bsp
\bpl
\bla
\bay
\by-
\b-t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-w
\bwe
\bee
\bed
\bd
373 Toggles the weeding of message header fields specified by _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section
374 3.8 , page 23) commands.
379 This command (available in the ``index'' and ``pager'') allows you to edit the
380 raw current message as it's present in the mail folder. After you have fin-
381 ished editing, the changed message will be appended to the current folder, and
382 the original message will be marked for deletion.
384 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt-
\b-t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\be
386 (default: ^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index menus; ^T on
389 This command is used to temporarily edit an attachment's content type to fix,
390 for instance, bogus character set parameters. When invoked from the index or
391 from the pager, you'll have the opportunity to edit the top-level attachment's
392 content type. On the _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu (section 5.1.2 , page 53), you can
393 change any attachment's content type. These changes are not persistent, and get
394 lost upon changing folders.
396 Note that this command is also available on the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu (section 5.1.3 ,
397 page 53). There, it's used to fine-tune the properties of attachments you are
400 e
\ben
\bnt
\bte
\ber
\br-
\b-c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
403 This command is used to execute any command you would normally put in a config-
404 uration file. A common use is to check the settings of variables, or in con-
405 junction with _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs (section 3.6 , page 20) to change settings on the fly.
407 e
\bex
\bxt
\btr
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bt-
\b-k
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs
410 This command extracts PGP public keys from the current or tagged message(s) and
411 adds them to your PGP public key ring.
413 f
\bfo
\bor
\brg
\bge
\bet
\bt-
\b-p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bsp
\bph
\bhr
\bra
\bas
\bse
\be
416 This command wipes the passphrase(s) from memory. It is useful, if you mis-
417 spelled the passphrase.
419 l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt-
\b-r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by
422 Reply to the current or tagged message(s) by extracting any addresses which
424 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 9
426 match the regular expressions given by the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs _
\bo_
\br _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 ,
427 page 24) commands, but also honor any Mail-Followup-To header(s) if the
428 _
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.91 , page 86) configuration variable is set.
429 Using this when replying to messages posted to mailing lists helps avoid dupli-
430 cate copies being sent to the author of the message you are replying to.
432 p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
435 Asks for an external Unix command and pipes the current or tagged message(s) to
436 it. The variables _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.192 , page 112), _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
437 (section 6.3.194 , page 112), _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp (section 6.3.193 , page 112) and
438 _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.325 , page 144) control the exact behavior of this
441 r
\bre
\bes
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bd-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
444 With resend-message, mutt takes the current message as a template for a new
445 message. This function is best described as "recall from arbitrary folders".
446 It can conveniently be used to forward MIME messages while preserving the orig-
447 inal mail structure. Note that the amount of headers included here depends on
448 the value of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.326 , page 144) variable.
450 This function is also available from the attachment menu. You can use this to
451 easily resend a message which was included with a bounce message as a mes-
452 sage/rfc822 body part.
454 s
\bsh
\bhe
\bel
\bll
\bl-
\b-e
\bes
\bsc
\bca
\bap
\bpe
\be
457 Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section
458 6.3.325 , page 144) can be used to control whether Mutt-ng will wait for a key
459 to be pressed when the command returns (presumably to let the user read the
460 output of the command), based on the return status of the named command.
462 t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd
465 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses the _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.218 , page 118) variable to
466 detect quoted text when displaying the body of the message. This function tog-
467 gles the display of the quoted material in the message. It is particularly
468 useful when are interested in just the response and there is a large amount of
469 quoted text in the way.
471 s
\bsk
\bki
\bip
\bp-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd
474 This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which come after a
475 line of quoted text in the internal pager.
477 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
479 The following bindings are available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx for sending messages.
481 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 10
483 m compose compose a new message
484 r reply reply to sender
485 g group-reply reply to all recipients
486 L list-reply reply to mailing list address
487 f forward forward message
488 b bounce bounce (remail) message
489 ESC k mail-key mail a PGP public key to someone
491 Bouncing a message sends the message as is to the recipient you specify. For-
492 warding a message allows you to add comments or modify the message you are for-
493 warding. These items are discussed in greater detail in the next chapter
494 _
\b`_
\b`_
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bB_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b'_
\b' (section 2.5 , page 13).
496 Mutt-ng will then enter the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu and prompt you for the recipients to
497 place on the ``To:'' header field. Next, it will ask you for the ``Subject:''
498 field for the message, providing a default if you are replying to or forwarding
499 a message. See also _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bc_
\bc (section 6.3.12 , page 67), _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bb_
\bc_
\bc (section
500 6.3.11 , page 67), _
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt (section 6.3.19 , page 69), _
\b$_
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section
501 6.3.22 , page 70), and _
\b$_
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 6.3.61 , page 78) for changing
502 how Mutt asks these questions.
504 Mutt will then automatically start your _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.57 , page 77) on
505 the message body. If the _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.56 , page 77) variable is
506 set, the headers will be at the top of the message in your editor. Any mes-
507 sages you are replying to will be added in sort order to the message, with
508 appropriate _
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.17 , page 69), _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section
509 6.3.111 , page 90) and _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.204 , page 115).
510 When forwarding a message, if the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98)
511 variable is unset, a copy of the forwarded message will be included. If you
512 have specified a _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.255 , page 126), it will be appended
515 Once you have finished editing the body of your mail message, you are returned
516 to the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu. The following options are available:
518 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 11
520 a attach-file attach a file
521 A attach-message attach message(s) to the message
522 ESC k attach-key attach a PGP public key
523 d edit-description edit description on attachment
524 D detach-file detach a file
525 t edit-to edit the To field
526 ESC f edit-from edit the From field
527 r edit-reply-to edit the Reply-To field
528 c edit-cc edit the Cc field
529 b edit-bcc edit the Bcc field
530 y send-message send the message
531 s edit-subject edit the Subject
532 S smime-menu select S/MIME options
533 f edit-fcc specify an ``Fcc'' mailbox
534 p pgp-menu select PGP options
535 P postpone-message postpone this message until later
536 q quit quit (abort) sending the message
537 w write-fcc write the message to a folder
538 i ispell check spelling (if available on your system)
539 ^F forget-passphrase wipe passphrase(s) from memory
541 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The attach-message function will prompt you for a folder to attach mes-
542 sages from. You can now tag messages in that folder and they will be attached
543 to the message you are sending. Note that certain operations like composing a
544 new mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are not permitted when you are in that
545 folder. The %r in _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.299 , page 137) will change to a
546 'A' to indicate that you are in attach-message mode.
548 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br
550 When editing the header of your outgoing message, there are a couple of special
555 Fcc: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
557 Mutt will pick up _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be just as if you had used the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc function in the
558 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu.
560 You can also attach files to your message by specifying
562 Attach: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
564 where _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is the file to attach and _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn is an optional string to
565 use as the description of the attached file.
567 When replying to messages, if you remove the _
\bI_
\bn_
\b-_
\bR_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b-_
\bT_
\bo_
\b: field from the header
568 field, Mutt will not generate a _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\b: field, which allows you to create a
571 Also see _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.56 , page 77).
573 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 12
575 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bP_
\bG_
\bP
577 If you want to use PGP, you can specify
579 Pgp: [ E | S | S_
\b<_
\bi_
\bd_
\b> ]
581 ``E'' encrypts, ``S'' signs and ``S<id>'' signs with the given key, setting
582 _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.184 , page 110) permanently.
584 If you have told mutt to PGP encrypt a message, it will guide you through a key
585 selection process when you try to send the message. Mutt will not ask you any
586 questions about keys which have a certified user ID matching one of the message
587 recipients' mail addresses. However, there may be situations in which there
588 are several keys, weakly certified user ID fields, or where no matching keys
591 In these cases, you are dropped into a menu with a list of keys from which you
592 can select one. When you quit this menu, or mutt can't find any matching keys,
593 you are prompted for a user ID. You can, as usually, abort this prompt using
594 ^G. When you do so, mutt will return to the compose screen.
596 Once you have successfully finished the key selection, the message will be
597 encrypted using the selected public keys, and sent out.
599 Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
600 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.171 , page 107)) have obvious meanings. But some explana-
601 tions on the capabilities, flags, and validity fields are in order.
603 The flags sequence (%f) will expand to one of the following flags:
605 R The key has been revoked and can't be used.
606 X The key is expired and can't be used.
607 d You have marked the key as disabled.
608 c There are unknown critical self-signature
611 The capabilities field (%c) expands to a two-character sequence representing a
612 key's capabilities. The first character gives the key's encryption capabili-
613 ties: A minus sign (-
\b-) means that the key cannot be used for encryption. A dot
614 (.
\b.) means that it's marked as a signature key in one of the user IDs, but may
615 also be used for encryption. The letter e
\be indicates that this key can be used
618 The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once again, a
619 ``-
\b-'' implies ``not for signing'', ``.
\b.'' implies that the key is marked as an
620 encryption key in one of the user-ids, and ``s
\bs'' denotes a key which can be
623 Finally, the validity field (%t) indicates how well-certified a user-id is. A
624 question mark (?
\b?) indicates undefined validity, a minus character (-
\b-) marks an
625 untrusted association, a space character means a partially trusted association,
626 and a plus character (+
\b+) indicates complete validity.
628 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 13
630 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bo_
\bn_
\by_
\bm_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\b.
632 You may also have configured mutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an anonymous
633 remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages anonymously using a
634 chain of remailers. Mixmaster support in mutt is for mixmaster version 2.04
635 (beta 45 appears to be the latest) and 2.03. It does not support earlier ver-
636 sions or the later so-called version 3 betas, of which the latest appears to be
639 To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most important, you can-
640 not use the Cc and Bcc headers. To tell Mutt to use mixmaster, you have to
641 select a remailer chain, using the mix function on the compose menu.
643 The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the (larger) upper
644 part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In the lower part, you see the
645 currently selected chain of remailers.
647 You can navigate in the chain using the chain-prev and chain-next functions,
648 which are by default bound to the left and right arrows and to the h and l keys
649 (think vi keyboard bindings). To insert a remailer at the current chain posi-
650 tion, use the insert function. To append a remailer behind the current chain
651 position, use select-entry or append. You can also delete entries from the
652 chain, using the corresponding function. Finally, to abandon your changes,
653 leave the menu, or accept them pressing (by default) the Return key.
655 Note that different remailers do have different capabilities, indicated in the
656 %c entry of the remailer menu lines (see _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.143 ,
657 page 99)). Most important is the ``middleman'' capability, indicated by a cap-
658 ital ``M'': This means that the remailer in question cannot be used as the
659 final element of a chain, but will only forward messages to other mixmaster
660 remailers. For details on the other capabilities, please have a look at the
661 mixmaster documentation.
663 _
\b2_
\b._
\b5 _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bB_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
665 Bouncing and forwarding let you send an existing message to recipients that you
666 specify. Bouncing a message uses the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.241 , page 123)
667 command to send a copy to alternative addresses as if they were the message's
668 original recipients. Forwarding a message, on the other hand, allows you to
669 modify the message before it is resent (for example, by adding your own com-
672 The following keys are bound by default:
674 f forward forward message
675 b bounce bounce (remail) message
677 Forwarding can be done by including the original message in the new message's
678 body (surrounded by indicating lines) or including it as a MIME attachment,
679 depending on the value of the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98) vari-
680 able. Decoding of attachments, like in the pager, can be controlled by the
681 _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.71 , page 81) and _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section
683 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 14
685 6.3.140 , page 99) variables, respectively. The desired forwarding format may
686 depend on the content, therefore _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd is a quadoption which, for exam-
687 ple, can be set to ``ask-no''.
689 The inclusion of headers is controlled by the current setting of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd
690 (section 6.3.326 , page 144) variable, unless _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.139 ,
693 Editing the message to forward follows the same procedure as sending or reply-
694 ing to a message does.
696 _
\b2_
\b._
\b6 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
698 At times it is desirable to delay sending a message that you have already begun
699 to compose. When the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function is used in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu,
700 the body of your message and attachments are stored in the mailbox specified by
701 the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.207 , page 115) variable. This means that you can
702 recall the message even if you exit Mutt and then restart it at a later time.
704 Once a message is postponed, there are several ways to resume it. From the
705 command line you can use the ``-p'' option, or if you _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be a new message
706 from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx or _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br you will be prompted if postponed messages exist. If
707 multiple messages are currently postponed, the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd menu will pop up and
708 you can select which message you would like to resume.
710 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of the message is
711 only updated when you actually finish the message and send it. Also, you must
712 be in the same folder with the message you replied to for the status of the
713 message to be updated.
715 See also the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.206 , page 115) quad-option.
717 _
\b2_
\b._
\b7 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba _
\bN_
\bN_
\bT_
\bP
719 If compiled with ``--enable-nntp'' option, Mutt can read news from newsserver
720 via NNTP. You can open a newsgroup with function ``change-newsgroup''
721 (default: i). Default newsserver can be obtained from _
\bN_
\bN_
\bT_
\bP_
\bS_
\bE_
\bR_
\bV_
\bE_
\bR environment
722 variable. Like other news readers, info about subscribed newsgroups is saved
723 in file by _
\b$_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\br_
\bc (section 6.3.150 , page 102) variable. Article headers are
724 cached and can be loaded from file when newsgroup entered instead loading from
727 _
\b3_
\b. _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
729 While the default configuration (or ``preferences'') make Mutt-ng usable right
730 out of the box, it is often desirable to tailor Mutt to suit your own tastes.
731 When Mutt-ng is first invoked, it will attempt to read the ``system'' configu-
732 ration file (defaults set by your local system administrator), unless the
733 ``-n'' _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be (section 6.1 , page 62) option is specified. This file is
734 typically /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttngrc or /etc/Muttngrc, Mutt-ng users will
735 find this file in /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttrc or /etc/Muttngrc. Mutt will
736 next look for a file named .muttrc in your home directory, Mutt-ng will look
737 for .muttngrc. If this file does not exist and your home directory has a
739 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 15
741 subdirectory named .mutt, mutt try to load a file named .muttng/muttngrc.
743 .muttrc (or .muttngrc for Mutt-ng) is the file where you will usually place
744 your _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.2 , page 62) to configure Mutt.
746 In addition, mutt supports version specific configuration files that are parsed
747 instead of the default files as explained above. For instance, if your system
748 has a Muttrc-0.88 file in the system configuration directory, and you are run-
749 ning version 0.88 of mutt, this file will be sourced instead of the Muttrc
750 file. The same is true of the user configuration file, if you have a file
751 .muttrc-0.88.6 in your home directory, when you run mutt version 0.88.6, it
752 will source this file instead of the default .muttrc file. The version number
753 is the same which is visible using the ``-v'' _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be (section 6.1 , page
754 62) switch or using the show-version key (default: V) from the index menu.
756 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bS_
\by_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bx _
\bo_
\bf _
\bI_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
758 An initialization file consists of a series of _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.2 , page
759 62). Each line of the file may contain one or more commands. When multiple
760 commands are used, they must be separated by a semicolon (;).
762 set realname='Mutt user' ; ignore x-
764 The hash mark, or pound sign (``#''), is used as a ``comment'' character. You
765 can use it to annotate your initialization file. All text after the comment
766 character to the end of the line is ignored. For example,
768 my_hdr X-Disclaimer: Why are you listening to me? # This is a comment
770 Single quotes (') and double quotes (') can be used to quote strings which con-
771 tain spaces or other special characters. The difference between the two types
772 of quotes is similar to that of many popular shell programs, namely that a sin-
773 gle quote is used to specify a literal string (one that is not interpreted for
774 shell variables or quoting with a backslash [see next paragraph]), while double
775 quotes indicate a string for which should be evaluated. For example, backtics
776 are evaluated inside of double quotes, but n
\bno
\bot
\bt for single quotes.
778 \ quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh. For exam-
779 ple, if want to put quotes ``''' inside of a string, you can use ``\'' to force
780 the next character to be a literal instead of interpreted character.
782 set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
784 ``\\'' means to insert a literal ``\'' into the line. ``\n'' and ``\r'' have
785 their usual C meanings of linefeed and carriage-return, respectively.
787 A \ at the end of a line can be used to split commands over multiple lines,
788 provided that the split points don't appear in the middle of command names.
790 Please note that, unlike the various shells, mutt-ng interprets a ``\'' at the
792 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 16
794 end of a line also in comments. This allows you to disable a command split over
795 multiple lines with only one ``#''.
798 set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
800 When testing your config files, beware the following caveat. The backslash at
801 the end of the commented line extends the current line with the next line -
802 then referred to as a ``continuation line''. As the first line is commented
803 with a hash (#) all following continuation lines are also part of a comment and
804 therefore are ignored, too. So take care of comments when continuation lines
805 are involved within your setup files!
815 line1 ``continues'' until line4. however, the part after the # is a comment
816 which includes line3 and line4. line5 is a new line of its own and thus is
819 It is also possible to substitute the output of a Unix command in an initial-
820 ization file. This is accomplished by enclosing the command in backquotes
823 my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`
825 The output of the Unix command ``uname -a'' will be substituted before the line
826 is parsed. Note that since initialization files are line oriented, only the
827 first line of output from the Unix command will be substituted.
829 UNIX environments can be accessed like the way it is done in shells like sh and
830 bash: Prepend the name of the environment by a ``$''. For example,
832 set record=+sent_on_$HOSTNAME
834 The commands understood by mutt are explained in the next paragraphs. For a
835 complete list, see the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.2 , page 62).
837 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b/_
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs
839 Usage: alias _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
841 It's usually very cumbersome to remember or type out the address of someone you
843 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 17
845 are communicating with. Mutt allows you to create ``aliases'' which map a
846 short string to a full address.
848 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you want to create an alias for a group (by specifying more than one
849 address), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt separate the addresses with a comma (``,'').
851 To remove an alias or aliases (``*'' means all aliases):
853 unalias [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\b._
\b._
\b. ]
855 alias muttdude me@cs.hmc.edu (Michael Elkins)
856 alias theguys manny, moe, jack
858 Unlike other mailers, Mutt doesn't require aliases to be defined in a special
859 file. The alias command can appear anywhere in a configuration file, as long
860 as this file is _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\bd (section 3.26 , page 32). Consequently, you can have
861 multiple alias files, or you can have all aliases defined in your muttrc.
863 On the other hand, the _
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 2.3.4 , page 7) function can use
864 only one file, the one pointed to by the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65)
865 variable (which is ~/.muttrc by default). This file is not special either, in
866 the sense that Mutt will happily append aliases to any file, but in order for
867 the new aliases to take effect you need to explicitly _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 ,
868 page 32) this file too.
872 source /usr/local/share/Mutt.aliases
873 source ~/.mail_aliases
874 set alias_file=~/.mail_aliases
876 To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in mutt where mutt
877 prompts for addresses, such as the _
\bT_
\bo_
\b: or _
\bC_
\bc_
\b: prompt. You can also enter
878 aliases in your editor at the appropriate headers if you have the _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
879 (section 6.3.56 , page 77) variable set.
881 In addition, at the various address prompts, you can use the tab character to
882 expand a partial alias to the full alias. If there are multiple matches, mutt
883 will bring up a menu with the matching aliases. In order to be presented with
884 the full list of aliases, you must hit tab with out a partial alias, such as at
885 the beginning of the prompt or after a comma denoting multiple addresses.
887 In the alias menu, you can select as many aliases as you want with the _
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b-
888 _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by key (default: RET), and use the _
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bt key (default: q) to return to the
891 _
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs
893 Usage: bind _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
895 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 18
897 This command allows you to change the default key bindings (operation invoked
898 when pressing a key).
900 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp specifies in which menu the binding belongs. Multiple maps may be speci-
901 fied by separating them with commas (no additional whitespace is allowed). The
902 currently defined maps are:
905 This is not a real menu, but is used as a fallback for all of the
906 other menus except for the pager and editor modes. If a key is not
907 defined in another menu, Mutt will look for a binding to use in
908 this menu. This allows you to bind a key to a certain function in
909 multiple menus instead of having multiple bind statements to accom-
913 The alias menu is the list of your personal aliases as defined in
914 your muttrc. It is the mapping from a short alias name to the full
915 email address(es) of the recipient(s).
918 The attachment menu is used to access the attachments on received
922 The browser is used for both browsing the local directory struc-
923 ture, and for listing all of your incoming mailboxes.
926 The editor is the line-based editor the user enters text data.
929 The index is the list of messages contained in a mailbox.
932 The compose menu is the screen used when sending a new message.
935 The pager is the mode used to display message/attachment data, and
939 The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used for encrypting
943 The postpone menu is similar to the index menu, except is used when
944 recalling a message the user was composing, but saved until later.
946 _
\bk_
\be_
\by is the key (or key sequence) you wish to bind. To specify a control char-
947 acter, use the sequence _
\b\_
\bC_
\bx, where _
\bx is the letter of the control character
948 (for example, to specify control-A use ``\Ca''). Note that the case of _
\bx as
950 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 19
952 well as _
\b\_
\bC is ignored, so that _
\b\_
\bC_
\bA, _
\b\_
\bC_
\ba, _
\b\_
\bc_
\bA and _
\b\_
\bc_
\ba are all equivalent. An
953 alternative form is to specify the key as a three digit octal number prefixed
954 with a ``\'' (for example _
\b\_
\b1_
\b7_
\b7 is equivalent to _
\b\_
\bc_
\b?).
956 In addition, _
\bk_
\be_
\by may consist of:
970 <backspace> Backspace
979 <f10> function key 10
981 _
\bk_
\be_
\by does not need to be enclosed in quotes unless it contains a space (`` '').
983 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn specifies which action to take when _
\bk_
\be_
\by is pressed. For a complete
984 list of functions, see the _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.4 , page 146). The special
985 function noop unbinds the specified key sequence.
987 _
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\be_
\br _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bs
989 Usage: charset-hook _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
991 Usage: iconv-hook _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
993 The charset-hook command defines an alias for a character set. This is useful
994 to properly display messages which are tagged with a character set name not
997 The iconv-hook command defines a system-specific name for a character set.
998 This is helpful when your systems character conversion library insists on using
999 strange, system-specific names for character sets.
1001 _
\b3_
\b._
\b5 _
\bS_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs _
\bb_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bu_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1003 Usage: folder-hook [!]_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1005 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 20
1007 It is often desirable to change settings based on which mailbox you are read-
1008 ing. The folder-hook command provides a method by which you can execute any
1009 configuration command. _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp is a regular expression specifying in which
1010 mailboxes to execute _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd before loading. If a mailbox matches multiple
1011 folder-hook's, they are executed in the order given in the muttrc.
1013 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you use the ``!'' shortcut for _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.291 , page
1014 135) at the beginning of the pattern, you must place it inside of double or
1015 single quotes in order to distinguish it from the logical _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt operator for the
1018 Note that the settings are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt restored when you leave the mailbox. For exam-
1019 ple, a command action to perform is to change the sorting method based upon the
1022 folder-hook mutt set sort=threads
1024 However, the sorting method is not restored to its previous value when reading
1025 a different mailbox. To specify a _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt command, use the pattern ``.'':
1027 folder-hook . set sort=date-sent
1029 _
\b3_
\b._
\b6 _
\bK_
\be_
\by_
\bb_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs
1031 Usage: macro _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
1033 Macros are useful when you would like a single key to perform a series of
1034 actions. When you press _
\bk_
\be_
\by in menu _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, Mutt will behave as if you had typed
1035 _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be. So if you have a common sequence of commands you type, you can cre-
1036 ate a macro to execute those commands with a single key.
1038 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu is the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp (section 3.3 , page 17) which the macro will be bound. Multi-
1039 ple maps may be specified by separating multiple menu arguments by commas.
1040 Whitespace may not be used in between the menu arguments and the commas sepa-
1043 _
\bk_
\be_
\by and _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be are expanded by the same rules as the _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs (section
1044 3.3 , page 17). There are some additions however. The first is that control
1045 characters in _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be can also be specified as _
\b^_
\bx. In order to get a caret
1046 (`^'') you need to use _
\b^_
\b^. Secondly, to specify a certain key such as _
\bu_
\bp or to
1047 invoke a function directly, you can use the format _
\b<_
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> and _
\b<_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
1048 _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b>. For a listing of key names see the section on _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs (section
1049 3.3 , page 17). Functions are listed in the _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section
1052 The advantage with using function names directly is that the macros will work
1053 regardless of the current key bindings, so they are not dependent on the user
1054 having particular key definitions. This makes them more robust and portable,
1055 and also facilitates defining of macros in files used by more than one user
1056 (eg. the system Muttrc).
1058 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 21
1060 Optionally you can specify a descriptive text after _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be, which is shown in
1063 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are silently
1064 truncated at the screen width, and are not wrapped.
1066 _
\b3_
\b._
\b7 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo _
\bv_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bo _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
1068 Usage: color _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1070 Usage: color index _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1072 Usage: uncolor index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1074 If your terminal supports color, you can spice up Mutt by creating your own
1075 color scheme. To define the color of an object (type of information), you must
1076 specify both a foreground color a
\ban
\bnd
\bd a background color (it is not possible to
1077 only specify one or the other).
1079 _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt can be one of:
1083 +
\bo body (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the body of messages)
1085 +
\bo bold (highlighting bold patterns in the body of messages)
1087 +
\bo error (error messages printed by Mutt)
1089 +
\bo header (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the message header)
1091 +
\bo hdrdefault (default color of the message header in the pager)
1093 +
\bo index (match _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn in the message index)
1095 +
\bo indicator (arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a menu)
1097 +
\bo markers (the ``+'' markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the pager)
1099 +
\bo message (informational messages)
1103 +
\bo quoted (text matching _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.218 , page 118) in the
1106 +
\bo quoted1, quoted2, ..., quotedN
\bN (higher levels of quoting)
1108 +
\bo search (highlighting of words in the pager)
1112 +
\bo status (mode lines used to display info about the mailbox or message)
1114 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 22
1116 +
\bo tilde (the ``~'' used to pad blank lines in the pager)
1118 +
\bo tree (thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu)
1120 +
\bo underline (highlighting underlined patterns in the body of messages)
1122 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd and _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can be one of the following:
1144 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can optionally be prefixed with the keyword bright to make the fore-
1145 ground color boldfaced (e.g., brightred).
1147 If your terminal supports it, the special keyword _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt can be used as a
1148 transparent color. The value _
\bb_
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt is also valid. If Mutt is linked
1149 against the _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library, you also need to set the _
\bC_
\bO_
\bL_
\bO_
\bR_
\bF_
\bG_
\bB_
\bG environment
1150 variable to the default colors of your terminal for this to work; for example
1151 (for Bourne-like shells):
1153 set COLORFGBG="green;black"
1156 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library requires you to use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\by and _
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bn keywords
1157 instead of _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bt_
\be and _
\by_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw when setting this variable.
1159 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The uncolor command can be applied to the index object only. It removes
1160 entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt specify the same pattern specified in the color
1161 command for it to be removed. The pattern ``*'' is a special token which means
1162 to clear the color index list of all entries.
1164 Mutt also recognizes the keywords _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b0, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b1, ..., _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\brN
\bN-
\b-1
\b1 (N
\bN being the
1165 number of colors supported by your terminal). This is useful when you remap
1166 the colors for your display (for example by changing the color associated with
1167 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b2 for your xterm), since color names may then lose their normal meaning.
1169 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 23
1171 If your terminal does not support color, it is still possible change the video
1172 attributes through the use of the ``mono'' command:
1174 Usage: mono _
\b<_
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b> _
\b<_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\b> [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1176 Usage: mono index _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1178 Usage: unmono index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1180 where _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be is one of the following:
1192 _
\b3_
\b._
\b8 _
\bI_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\b(_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b) _
\bu_
\bn_
\bw_
\ba_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
1194 Usage: [un]ignore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1196 Messages often have many header fields added by automatic processing systems,
1197 or which may not seem useful to display on the screen. This command allows you
1198 to specify header fields which you don't normally want to see.
1200 You do not need to specify the full header field name. For example, ``ignore
1201 content-'' will ignore all header fields that begin with the pattern ``con-
1202 tent-''. ``ignore *'' will ignore all headers.
1204 To remove a previously added token from the list, use the ``unignore'' command.
1205 The ``unignore'' command will make Mutt display headers with the given pattern.
1206 For example, if you do ``ignore x-'' it is possible to ``unignore x-mailer''.
1208 ``unignore *'' will remove all tokens from the ignore list.
1212 # Sven's draconian header weeding
1214 unignore from date subject to cc
1215 unignore organization organisation x-mailer: x-newsreader: x-mailing-list:
1218 _
\b3_
\b._
\b9 _
\bA_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bs
1220 Usage: [un]alternates _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1222 With various functions, mutt will treat messages differently, depending on
1223 whether you sent them or whether you received them from someone else. For
1225 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 24
1227 instance, when replying to a message that you sent to a different party, mutt
1228 will automatically suggest to send the response to the original message's
1229 recipients -- responding to yourself won't make much sense in many cases. (See
1230 _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.226 , page 119).)
1232 Many users receive e-mail under a number of different addresses. To fully use
1233 mutt's features here, the program must be able to recognize what e-mail
1234 addresses you receive mail under. That's the purpose of the alternates command:
1235 It takes a list of regular expressions, each of which can identify an address
1236 under which you receive e-mail.
1238 The unalternates command can be used to write exceptions to alternates pat-
1239 terns. If an address matches something in an alternates command, but you none-
1240 theless do not think it is from you, you can list a more precise pattern under
1241 an unalternates command.
1243 To remove a regular expression from the alternates list, use the unalternates
1244 command with exactly the same _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. Likewise, if the _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp for a alternates
1245 command matches an entry on the unalternates list, that unalternates entry will
1246 be removed. If the _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp for unalternates is ``*'', _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs on alternates
1249 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
1251 Usage: [un]lists _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1253 Usage: [un]subscribe _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1255 Mutt has a few nice features for _
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 4.9 , page
1256 44). In order to take advantage of them, you must specify which addresses
1257 belong to mailing lists, and which mailing lists you are subscribed to. Once
1258 you have done this, the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 2.3.4 , page 8) function will work
1259 for all known lists. Additionally, when you send a message to a subscribed
1260 list, mutt will add a Mail-Followup-To header to tell other users' mail user
1261 agents not to send copies of replies to your personal address. Note that the
1262 Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard extension which is not supported by
1263 all mail user agents. Adding it is not bullet-proof against receiving personal
1264 CCs of list messages. Also note that the generation of the Mail-Followup-To
1265 header is controlled by the _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.67 , page 80) configura-
1268 More precisely, Mutt maintains lists of patterns for the addresses of known and
1269 subscribed mailing lists. Every subscribed mailing list is known. To mark a
1270 mailing list as known, use the ``lists'' command. To mark it as subscribed,
1273 You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all messages sent
1274 to a specific bug report's address on mutt's bug tracking system as list mail,
1275 for instance, you could say ``subscribe [0-9]*@bugs.guug.de''. Often, it's
1276 sufficient to just give a portion of the list's e-mail address.
1278 Specify as much of the address as you need to to remove ambiguity. For exam-
1279 ple, if you've subscribed to the Mutt mailing list, you will receive mail
1280 addressed to _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg. So, to tell Mutt that this is a mailing
1282 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 25
1284 list, you could add ``lists mutt-users'' to your initialization file. To tell
1285 mutt that you are subscribed to it, add ``subscribe mutt-users'' to your ini-
1286 tialization file instead. If you also happen to get mail from someone whose
1287 address is _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\b._
\bc_
\bo_
\bm, you could use ``lists mutt-
1288 users@mutt\\.org'' or ``subscribe mutt-users@mutt\\.org'' to match only mail
1289 from the actual list.
1291 The ``unlists'' command is used to remove a token from the list of known and
1292 subscribed mailing-lists. Use ``unlists *'' to remove all tokens.
1294 To remove a mailing list from the list of subscribed mailing lists, but keep it
1295 on the list of known mailing lists, use ``unsubscribe''.
1297 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs
1299 Usage: mbox-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1301 This command is used to move read messages from a specified mailbox to a dif-
1302 ferent mailbox automatically when you quit or change folders. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a
1303 regular expression specifying the mailbox to treat as a ``spool'' mailbox and
1304 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx specifies where mail should be saved when read.
1306 Unlike some of the other _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk commands, only the _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt matching pattern is used
1307 (it is not possible to save read mail in more than a single mailbox).
1309 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc_
\bh _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\be_
\bi_
\bv_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
1311 Usage: [un]mailboxes [!]_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
1313 This command specifies folders which can receive mail and which will be checked
1314 for new messages. By default, the main menu status bar displays how many of
1315 these folders have new messages.
1317 When changing folders, pressing _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\be will cycle through folders with new mail.
1319 Pressing TAB in the directory browser will bring up a menu showing the files
1320 specified by the mailboxes command, and indicate which contain new messages.
1321 Mutt will automatically enter this mode when invoked from the command line with
1324 The ``unmailboxes'' command is used to remove a token from the list of folders
1325 which receive mail. Use ``unmailboxes *'' to remove all tokens.
1327 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: new mail is detected by comparing the last modification time to the last
1328 access time. Utilities like biff or frm or any other program which accesses
1329 the mailbox might cause Mutt to never detect new mail for that mailbox if they
1330 do not properly reset the access time. Backup tools are another common reason
1331 for updated access times.
1333 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the filenames in the mailboxes command are resolved when the command is
1334 executed, so if these names contain _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 4.8 , page
1335 44) (such as ``='' and ``!''), any variable definition that affect these char-
1336 acters (like _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.65 , page 79) and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section
1337 6.3.291 , page 135)) should be executed before the mailboxes command.
1339 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 26
1341 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
1345 my_hdr _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1347 unmy_hdr _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
1349 The ``my_hdr'' command allows you to create your own header fields which will
1350 be added to every message you send.
1352 For example, if you would like to add an ``Organization:'' header field to all
1353 of your outgoing messages, you can put the command
1355 my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA
1359 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: space characters are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt allowed between the keyword and the colon
1360 (``:''). The standard for electronic mail (RFC822) says that space is illegal
1361 there, so Mutt enforces the rule.
1363 If you would like to add a header field to a single message, you should either
1364 set the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.56 , page 77) variable, or use the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-
1365 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs function (default: ``E'') in the send-menu so that you can edit the
1366 header of your message along with the body.
1368 To remove user defined header fields, use the ``unmy_hdr'' command. You may
1369 specify an asterisk (``*'') to remove all header fields, or the fields to
1370 remove. For example, to remove all ``To'' and ``Cc'' header fields, you could
1375 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bf _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\bn _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs
1377 Usage: hdr_order _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b1 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b2 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b3
1379 With this command, you can specify an order in which mutt will attempt to
1380 present headers to you when viewing messages.
1382 ``unhdr_order *'' will clear all previous headers from the order list, thus
1383 removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup file.
1385 hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:
1387 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1389 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 27
1391 Usage: save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1393 This command is used to override the default filename used when saving mes-
1394 sages. _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be will be used as the default filename if the message is _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\b:
1395 an address matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp or if you are the author and the message is
1396 addressed _
\bt_
\bo_
\b: something matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
1398 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1399 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1403 save-hook me@(turing\\.)?cs\\.hmc\\.edu$ +elkins
1404 save-hook aol\\.com$ +spam
1406 Also see the _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27) command.
1408 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bF_
\bc_
\bc_
\b: _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1410 Usage: fcc-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1412 This command is used to save outgoing mail in a mailbox other than _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
1413 (section 6.3.223 , page 119). Mutt searches the initial list of message
1414 recipients for the first matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp and uses _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx as the default Fcc:
1415 mailbox. If no match is found the message will be saved to _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section
1416 6.3.223 , page 119) mailbox.
1418 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1419 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1421 Example: fcc-hook [@.]aol\\.com$ +spammers
1423 The above will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain to the
1424 `+spammers' mailbox by default. Also see the _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 ,
1427 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bF_
\bc_
\bc_
\b: _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
1429 Usage: fcc-save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1431 This command is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
1432 3.16 , page 27) and a _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26) with its arguments.
1434 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs _
\bb_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bu_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bp_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1436 Usage: reply-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1438 Usage: send-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1440 Usage: send2-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1442 These commands can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands based
1444 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 28
1446 upon recipients of the message. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a regular expression matching the
1447 desired address. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed when _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp matches recipients of the
1450 reply-hook is matched against the message you are _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg t
\bto
\bo, instead of the
1451 message you are _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg. send-hook is matched against all messages, both _
\bn_
\be_
\bw
1452 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bs. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: reply-hooks are matched b
\bbe
\bef
\bfo
\bor
\bre
\be the send-hook, r
\bre
\beg
\bga
\bar
\brd
\bdl
\ble
\bes
\bss
\bs of
1453 the order specified in the users's configuration file.
1455 send2-hook is matched every time a message is changed, either by editing it, or
1456 by using the compose menu to change its recipients or subject. send2-hook is
1457 executed after send-hook, and can, e.g., be used to set parameters such as the
1458 _
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.241 , page 123) variable depending on the message's
1461 For each type of send-hook or reply-hook, when multiple matches occur, commands
1462 are executed in the order they are specified in the muttrc (for that type of
1465 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1466 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1468 Example: send-hook mutt 'set mime_forward signature='''
1470 Another typical use for this command is to change the values of the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\b-
1471 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.17 , page 69), _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.255 , page 126) and
1472 _
\b$_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.117 , page 94) variables in order to change the language
1473 of the attributions and signatures based upon the recipients.
1475 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the send-hook's are only executed ONCE after getting the initial list of
1476 recipients. Adding a recipient after replying or editing the message will NOT
1477 cause any send-hook to be executed. Also note that my_hdr commands which mod-
1478 ify recipient headers, or the message's subject, don't have any effect on the
1479 current message when executed from a send-hook.
1481 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
1483 Usage: message-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1485 This command can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands before
1486 viewing or formatting a message based upon information about the message. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\b-
1487 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed if the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches the message to be displayed. When mul-
1488 tiple matches occur, commands are executed in the order they are specified in
1491 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1492 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1496 message-hook ~A 'set pager=builtin'
1497 message-hook '~f freshmeat-news' 'set pager="less \"+/^ subject: .*\""'
1499 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 29
1501 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0 _
\bC_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bp_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
1503 Usage: crypt-hook _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bi_
\bd
1505 When encrypting messages with PGP or OpenSSL, you may want to associate a cer-
1506 tain key with a given e-mail address automatically, either because the recipi-
1507 ent's public key can't be deduced from the destination address, or because, for
1508 some reasons, you need to override the key Mutt would normally use. The crypt-
1509 hook command provides a method by which you can specify the ID of the public
1510 key to be used when encrypting messages to a certain recipient.
1512 The meaning of "key id" is to be taken broadly in this context: You can either
1513 put a numerical key ID here, an e-mail address, or even just a real name.
1515 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1 _
\bA_
\bd_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs _
\bt_
\bo _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bb_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\be_
\br
1517 Usage: push _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1519 This command adds the named string to the keyboard buffer. The string may con-
1520 tain control characters, key names and function names like the sequence string
1521 in the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo (section 3.6 , page 20) command. You may use it to automatically
1522 run a sequence of commands at startup, or when entering certain folders.
1524 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2 _
\bE_
\bx_
\be_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
1526 Usage: exec _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
1528 This command can be used to execute any function. Functions are listed in the
1529 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.4 , page 146). ``exec function'' is equivalent
1530 to ``push <function>''.
1532 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3 _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bS_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1534 Usage: score _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
1536 Usage: unscore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1538 The score commands adds _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be to a message's score if _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches it. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
1539 _
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a string in the format described in the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page
1540 36) section (note: For efficiency reasons, patterns which scan information not
1541 available in the index, such as ~b, ~B or ~h, may not be used). _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be is a
1542 positive or negative integer. A message's final score is the sum total of all
1543 matching score entries. However, you may optionally prefix _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be with an equal
1544 sign (=) to cause evaluation to stop at a particular entry if there is a match.
1545 Negative final scores are rounded up to 0.
1547 The unscore command removes score entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt specify the
1548 same pattern specified in the score command for it to be removed. The pattern
1549 ``*'' is a special token which means to clear the list of all score entries.
1551 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4 _
\bS_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm _
\bd_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
1553 Usage: spam _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
1555 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 30
1557 Usage: nospam _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1559 Mutt has generalized support for external spam-scoring filters. By defining
1560 your spam patterns with the spam and nospam commands, you can _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt, _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh,
1561 and _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt your mail based on its spam attributes, as determined by the external
1562 filter. You also can display the spam attributes in your index display using
1563 the %H selector in the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91) variable.
1564 (Tip: try %?H?[%H] ? to display spam tags only when they are defined for a
1567 Your first step is to define your external filter's spam patterns using the
1568 spam command. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn should be a regular expression that matches a header in a
1569 mail message. If any message in the mailbox matches this regular expression, it
1570 will receive a ``spam tag'' or ``spam attribute'' (unless it also matches a
1571 nospam pattern -- see below.) The appearance of this attribute is entirely up
1572 to you, and is governed by the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt parameter. _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt can be any static text,
1573 but it also can include back-references from the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn expression. (A regular
1574 expression ``back-reference'' refers to a sub-expression contained within
1575 parentheses.) %1 is replaced with the first back-reference in the regex, %2
1576 with the second, etc.
1578 If you're using multiple spam filters, a message can have more than one spam-
1579 related header. You can define spam patterns for each filter you use. If a mes-
1580 sage matches two or more of these patterns, and the $spam_separator variable is
1581 set to a string, then the message's spam tag will consist of all the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
1582 strings joined together, with the value of $spam_separator separating them.
1584 For example, suppose I use DCC, SpamAssassin, and PureMessage. I might define
1585 these spam settings:
1587 spam "X-DCC-.*-Metrics:.*(....)=many" "90+/DCC-%1"
1588 spam "X-Spam-Status: Yes" "90+/SA"
1589 spam "X-PerlMX-Spam: .*Probability=([0-9]+)%" "%1/PM"
1590 set spam_separator=", "
1592 If I then received a message that DCC registered with ``many'' hits under the
1593 ``Fuz2'' checksum, and that PureMessage registered with a 97% probability of
1594 being spam, that message's spam tag would read 90+/DCC-Fuz2, 97/PM. (The four
1595 characters before ``=many'' in a DCC report indicate the checksum used -- in
1596 this case, ``Fuz2''.)
1598 If the $spam_separator variable is unset, then each spam pattern match super-
1599 sedes the previous one. Instead of getting joined _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt strings, you'll get
1600 only the last one to match.
1602 The spam tag is what will be displayed in the index when you use %H in the
1603 $index_format variable. It's also the string that the ~H pattern-matching
1604 expression matches against for _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh and _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt functions. And it's what sort-
1605 ing by spam attribute will use as a sort key.
1607 That's a pretty complicated example, and most people's actual environments will
1608 have only one spam filter. The simpler your configuration, the more effective
1609 mutt can be, especially when it comes to sorting.
1611 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 31
1613 Generally, when you sort by spam tag, mutt will sort _
\bl_
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\by -- that is, by
1614 ordering strings alphnumerically. However, if a spam tag begins with a number,
1615 mutt will sort numerically first, and lexically only when two numbers are equal
1616 in value. (This is like UNIX's sort -n.) A message with no spam attributes at
1617 all -- that is, one that didn't match _
\ba_
\bn_
\by of your spam patterns -- is sorted at
1618 lowest priority. Numbers are sorted next, beginning with 0 and ranging upward.
1619 Finally, non-numeric strings are sorted, with ``a'' taking lower priority than
1620 ``z''. Clearly, in general, sorting by spam tags is most effective when you can
1621 coerce your filter to give you a raw number. But in case you can't, mutt can
1622 still do something useful.
1624 The nospam command can be used to write exceptions to spam patterns. If a
1625 header pattern matches something in a spam command, but you nonetheless do not
1626 want it to receive a spam tag, you can list a more precise pattern under a
1629 If the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn given to nospam is exactly the same as the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn on an exist-
1630 ing spam list entry, the effect will be to remove the entry from the spam list,
1631 instead of adding an exception. Likewise, if the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn for a spam command
1632 matches an entry on the nospam list, that nospam entry will be removed. If the
1633 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn for nospam is ``*'', _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs _
\bo_
\bn _
\bb_
\bo_
\bt_
\bh _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs will be removed. This
1634 might be the default action if you use spam and nospam in conjunction with a
1637 You can have as many spam or nospam commands as you like. You can even do your
1638 own primitive spam detection within mutt -- for example, if you consider all
1639 mail from MAILER-DAEMON to be spam, you can use a spam command like this:
1641 spam "^From: .*MAILER-DAEMON" "999"
1643 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5 _
\bS_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1645 Usage: set [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1647 Usage: toggle _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1649 Usage: unset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1651 Usage: reset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1653 This command is used to set (and unset) _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 6.3 ,
1654 page 64). There are four basic types of variables: boolean, number, string and
1655 quadoption. _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables can be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (true) or _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (false). _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br
1656 variables can be assigned a positive integer value.
1658 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg variables consist of any number of printable characters. _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs must
1659 be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs. You may also use the
1660 ``C'' escape sequences \
\b\n
\bn and \
\b\t
\bt for newline and tab, respectively.
1662 _
\bq_
\bu_
\ba_
\bd_
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn variables are used to control whether or not to be prompted for cer-
1663 tain actions, or to specify a default action. A value of _
\by_
\be_
\bs will cause the
1664 action to be carried out automatically as if you had answered yes to the
1666 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 32
1668 question. Similarly, a value of _
\bn_
\bo will cause the the action to be carried out
1669 as if you had answered ``no.'' A value of _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs will cause a prompt with a
1670 default answer of ``yes'' and _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo will provide a default answer of ``no.''
1672 Prefixing a variable with ``no'' will unset it. Example: set noaskbcc.
1674 For _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables, you may optionally prefix the variable name with inv to
1675 toggle the value (on or off). This is useful when writing macros. Example:
1678 The toggle command automatically prepends the inv prefix to all specified vari-
1681 The unset command automatically prepends the no prefix to all specified vari-
1684 Using the enter-command function in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu, you can query the value of
1685 a variable by prefixing the name of the variable with a question mark:
1689 The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption vari-
1692 The reset command resets all given variables to the compile time defaults
1693 (hopefully mentioned in this manual). If you use the command set and prefix the
1694 variable with ``&'' this has the same behavior as the reset command.
1696 With the reset command there exists the special variable ``all'', which allows
1697 you to reset all variables to their system defaults.
1699 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\ba_
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\br _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
1701 Usage: source _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
1703 This command allows the inclusion of initialization commands from other files.
1704 For example, I place all of my aliases in ~/.mail_aliases so that I can make my
1705 ~/.muttrc readable and keep my aliases private.
1707 If the filename begins with a tilde (``~''), it will be expanded to the path of
1708 your home directory.
1710 If the filename ends with a vertical bar (|), then _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is considered to be
1711 an executable program from which to read input (eg. source ~/bin/myscript|).
1713 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bf_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be_
\bs _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\by
1715 Usage: ifdef _
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bm _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd Usage: ifndef _
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bm _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1717 These command allows to test if a variable, function or certain feature is
1718 available or not respectively, before actually executing the command. ifdef
1719 (short for ``if defined) handles commands if upon availability while ifndef
1721 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 33
1723 (short for ``if not defined'') does if not. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd may be any valid frac-
1724 tion of a configuration file.
1726 All names of variables and functions may be tested. Additionally, the following
1727 compile-features may be tested when prefixed with 'feature_': ncurses, slang,
1728 iconv, idn, dotlock, standalone, pop, nntp, imap, ssl, gnutls, sasl, sasl2,
1729 libesmtp, compressed, color, classic_pgp, classic_smime, gpgme, header_cache.
1733 To only source a file with IMAP related settings only if IMAP support is com-
1736 ifdef feature_imap 'source ~/.mutt-ng/imap_setup'
1738 # ifdef imap_user 'source ~/.mutt-ng/imap_setup'
1742 To exit mutt-ng directly if no NNTP support is compiled in:
1744 ifndef feature_nntp 'push q'
1746 # ifndef newsrc 'push q'
1750 To only set the _
\b<_
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.101 , page 88) when the sys-
1751 tem's SVN is recent enough to have it:
1753 ifdef imap_mail_check 'set imap_mail_check=300'
1755 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8 _
\bR_
\be_
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
1757 Usage: unhook [ * | _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ]
1759 This command permits you to flush hooks you have previously defined. You can
1760 either remove all hooks by giving the ``*'' character as an argument, or you
1761 can remove all hooks of a specific type by saying something like unhook send-
1764 _
\b4_
\b. _
\bA_
\bd_
\bv_
\ba_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bd _
\bU_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
1766 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bR_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\bE_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
1768 All string patterns in Mutt including those in more complex _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section
1769 4.2 , page 36) must be specified using regular expressions (regexp) in the
1770 ``POSIX extended'' syntax (which is more or less the syntax used by egrep and
1771 GNU awk). For your convenience, we have included below a brief description of
1774 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 34
1776 The search is case sensitive if the pattern contains at least one upper case
1777 letter, and case insensitive otherwise. Note that ``\'' must be quoted if used
1778 for a regular expression in an initialization command: ``\\''.
1780 A regular expression is a pattern that describes a set of strings. Regular
1781 expressions are constructed analogously to arithmetic expressions, by using
1782 various operators to combine smaller expressions.
1784 Note that the regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either ' or '
1785 which is useful if the regular expression includes a white-space character.
1786 See _
\bS_
\by_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bx _
\bo_
\bf _
\bI_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 3.1 , page 14) for more informa-
1787 tion on ' and ' delimiter processing. To match a literal ' or ' you must pref-
1788 ace it with \ (backslash).
1790 The fundamental building blocks are the regular expressions that match a single
1791 character. Most characters, including all letters and digits, are regular
1792 expressions that match themselves. Any metacharacter with special meaning may
1793 be quoted by preceding it with a backslash.
1795 The period ``.'' matches any single character. The caret ``^'' and the dollar
1796 sign ``$'' are metacharacters that respectively match the empty string at the
1797 beginning and end of a line.
1799 A list of characters enclosed by ``['' and ``]'' matches any single character
1800 in that list; if the first character of the list is a caret ``^'' then it
1801 matches any character n
\bno
\bot
\bt in the list. For example, the regular expression
1802 [
\b[0
\b01
\b12
\b23
\b34
\b45
\b56
\b67
\b78
\b89
\b9]
\b] matches any single digit. A range of ASCII characters may be
1803 specified by giving the first and last characters, separated by a hyphen ``-''.
1804 Most metacharacters lose their special meaning inside lists. To include a lit-
1805 eral ``]'' place it first in the list. Similarly, to include a literal ``^''
1806 place it anywhere but first. Finally, to include a literal hyphen ``-'' place
1809 Certain named classes of characters are predefined. Character classes consist
1810 of ``[:'', a keyword denoting the class, and ``:]''. The following classes are
1811 defined by the POSIX standard:
1814 Alphanumeric characters.
1817 Alphabetic characters.
1820 Space or tab characters.
1829 Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is
1831 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 35
1833 printable, but not visible, while an ``a'' is both.)
1836 Lower-case alphabetic characters.
1839 Printable characters (characters that are not control characters.)
1842 Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits,
1843 control characters, or space characters).
1846 Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a few).
1849 Upper-case alphabetic characters.
1852 Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
1854 A character class is only valid in a regular expression inside the brackets of
1855 a character list. Note that the brackets in these class names are part of the
1856 symbolic names, and must be included in addition to the brackets delimiting the
1857 bracket list. For example, [
\b[[
\b[:
\b:d
\bdi
\big
\bgi
\bit
\bt:
\b:]
\b]]
\b] is equivalent to [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b].
1859 Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These apply to
1860 non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols (called collating ele-
1861 ments) that are represented with more than one character, as well as several
1862 characters that are equivalent for collating or sorting purposes:
1865 A collating symbol is a multi-character collating element enclosed
1866 in ``[.'' and ``.]''. For example, if ``ch'' is a collating ele-
1867 ment, then [
\b[[
\b[.
\b.c
\bch
\bh.
\b.]
\b]]
\b] is a regexp that matches this collating ele-
1868 ment, while [
\b[c
\bch
\bh]
\b] is a regexp that matches either ``c'' or ``h''.
1871 An equivalence class is a locale-specific name for a list of char-
1872 acters that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in ``[='' and
1873 ``=]''. For example, the name ``e'' might be used to represent all
1874 of ``'' ``'' and ``e''. In this case, [
\b[[
\b[=
\b=e
\be=
\b=]
\b]]
\b] is a regexp that
1875 matches any of ``'', ``'' and ``e''.
1877 A regular expression matching a single character may be followed by one of sev-
1878 eral repetition operators:
1881 The preceding item is optional and matched at most once.
1884 The preceding item will be matched zero or more times.
1886 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 36
1889 The preceding item will be matched one or more times.
1892 The preceding item is matched exactly _
\bn times.
1895 The preceding item is matched _
\bn or more times.
1898 The preceding item is matched at most _
\bm times.
1901 The preceding item is matched at least _
\bn times, but no more than _
\bm
1904 Two regular expressions may be concatenated; the resulting regular expression
1905 matches any string formed by concatenating two substrings that respectively
1906 match the concatenated subexpressions.
1908 Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator ``|''; the result-
1909 ing regular expression matches any string matching either subexpression.
1911 Repetition takes precedence over concatenation, which in turn takes precedence
1912 over alternation. A whole subexpression may be enclosed in parentheses to
1913 override these precedence rules.
1915 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you compile Mutt with the GNU _
\br_
\bx package, the following operators may
1916 also be used in regular expressions:
1919 Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a
1923 Matches the empty string within a word.
1926 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word.
1929 Matches the empty string at the end of a word.
1932 Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or under-
1936 Matches any character that is not word-constituent.
1939 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string).
1941 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 37
1944 Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer.
1946 Please note however that these operators are not defined by POSIX, so they may
1947 or may not be available in stock libraries on various systems.
1949 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs
1951 Many of Mutt's commands allow you to specify a pattern to match (limit, tag-
1952 pattern, delete-pattern, etc.). There are several ways to select messages:
1955 ~b EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message body
1956 ~B EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the whole message
1957 ~c USER messages carbon-copied to USER
1958 ~C EXPR message is either to: or cc: EXPR
1960 ~d [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-sent'' in a Date range
1962 ~e EXPR message which contains EXPR in the ``Sender'' field
1964 ~f USER messages originating from USER
1965 ~g cryptographically signed messages
1966 ~G cryptographically encrypted messages
1967 ~H EXPR messages with a spam attribute matching EXPR
1968 ~h EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message header
1969 ~k message contains PGP key material
1970 ~i ID message which match ID in the ``Message-ID'' field
1971 ~L EXPR message is either originated or received by EXPR
1972 ~l message is addressed to a known mailing list
1973 ~m [MIN]-[MAX] message in the range MIN to MAX *)
1974 ~n [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a score in the range MIN to MAX *)
1977 ~p message is addressed to you (consults alternates)
1978 ~P message is from you (consults alternates)
1979 ~Q messages which have been replied to
1981 ~r [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-received'' in a Date range
1982 ~S superseded messages
1983 ~s SUBJECT messages having SUBJECT in the ``Subject'' field.
1985 ~t USER messages addressed to USER
1987 ~v message is part of a collapsed thread.
1988 ~V cryptographically verified messages
1989 ~x EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `References' field
1990 ~y EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `X-Label' field
1991 ~z [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a size in the range MIN to MAX *)
1992 ~= duplicated messages (see $duplicate_threads)
1993 ~$ unreferenced messages (requires threaded view)
1994 ~* ``From'' contains realname and (syntactically) valid
1995 address (excluded are addresses matching against
1997 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 38
1999 alternates or any alias)
2001 Where EXPR, USER, ID, and SUBJECT are _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.1 , page
2002 33). Special attention has to be made when using regular expressions inside of
2003 patterns. Specifically, Mutt's parser for these patterns will strip one level
2004 of backslash (\), which is normally used for quoting. If it is your intention
2005 to use a backslash in the regular expression, you will need to use two back-
2006 slashes instead (\\).
2008 *) The forms <[MAX], >[MIN], [MIN]- and -[MAX] are allowed, too.
2010 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b1 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bM_
\bo_
\bd_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\br
2012 Note that patterns matching 'lists' of addresses (notably c,C,p,P and t) match
2013 if there is at least one match in the whole list. If you want to make sure that
2014 all elements of that list match, you need to prefix your pattern with ^. This
2015 example matches all mails which only has recipients from Germany.
2019 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b2 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\bx _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs
2021 Logical AND is performed by specifying more than one criterion. For example:
2025 would select messages which contain the word ``mutt'' in the list of recipients
2026 a
\ban
\bnd
\bd that have the word ``elkins'' in the ``From'' header field.
2028 Mutt also recognizes the following operators to create more complex search pat-
2031 +
\bo ! -- logical NOT operator
2033 +
\bo | -- logical OR operator
2035 +
\bo () -- logical grouping operator
2037 Here is an example illustrating a complex search pattern. This pattern will
2038 select all messages which do not contain ``mutt'' in the ``To'' or ``Cc'' field
2039 and which are from ``elkins''.
2041 !(~t mutt|~c mutt) ~f elkins
2043 Here is an example using white space in the regular expression (note the ' and
2044 ' delimiters). For this to match, the mail's subject must match the ``^Junk
2045 +From +Me$'' and it must be from either ``Jim +Somebody'' or ``Ed
2047 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 39
2051 '~s "^Junk +From +Me$" ~f ("Jim +Somebody"|"Ed +SomeoneElse")'
2053 Note that if a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a veritical bar
2054 ("|"), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt enclose the expression in double or single quotes since those
2055 characters are also used to separate different parts of Mutt's pattern lan-
2058 ~f "me@(mutt\.org|cs\.hmc\.edu)"
2060 Without the quotes, the parenthesis wouldn't end. This would be separated to
2061 two OR'd patterns: _
\b~_
\bf _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\b(_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b\_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg and _
\bc_
\bs_
\b\_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b\_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu_
\b). They are never what you
2064 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bb_
\by _
\bD_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
2066 Mutt supports two types of dates, _
\ba_
\bb_
\bs_
\bo_
\bl_
\bu_
\bt_
\be and _
\br_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be.
2068 A
\bAb
\bbs
\bso
\bol
\blu
\but
\bte
\be. Dates m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are optional,
2069 defaulting to the current month and year). An example of a valid range of
2072 Limit to messages matching: ~d 20/1/95-31/10
2074 If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify ``-DD/MM/YY'', all mes-
2075 sages _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be the given date will be selected. If you omit the maximum (second)
2076 date, and specify ``DD/MM/YY-'', all messages _
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br the given date will be
2077 selected. If you specify a single date with no dash (``-''), only messages
2078 sent on the given date will be selected.
2080 E
\bEr
\brr
\bro
\bor
\br M
\bMa
\bar
\brg
\bgi
\bin
\bns
\bs. You can add error margins to absolute dates. An error margin
2081 is a sign (+ or -), followed by a digit, followed by one of the following
2089 As a special case, you can replace the sign by a ``*'' character, which is
2090 equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.
2092 Example: To select any messages two weeks around January 15, 2001, you'd use
2093 the following pattern:
2095 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 40
2097 Limit to messages matching: ~d 15/1/2001*2w
2099 R
\bRe
\bel
\bla
\bat
\bti
\biv
\bve
\be. This type of date is relative to the current date, and may be speci-
2102 +
\bo >_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages older than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2104 +
\bo <_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages newer than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2106 +
\bo =_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages exactly _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units old)
2108 _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt is specified as a positive number with one of the following units:
2115 Example: to select messages less than 1 month old, you would use
2117 Limit to messages matching: ~d <1m
2119 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: all dates used when searching are relative to the l
\blo
\boc
\bca
\bal
\bl time zone, so
2120 unless you change the setting of your _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page
2121 91) to include a %[...] format, these are n
\bno
\bot
\bt the dates shown in the main
2124 _
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bT_
\ba_
\bg_
\bs
2126 Sometimes it is desirable to perform an operation on a group of messages all at
2127 once rather than one at a time. An example might be to save messages to a
2128 mailing list to a separate folder, or to delete all messages with a given sub-
2129 ject. To tag all messages matching a pattern, use the tag-pattern function,
2130 which is bound to ``shift-T'' by default. Or you can select individual mes-
2131 sages by hand using the ``tag-message'' function, which is bound to ``t'' by
2132 default. See _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page 36) for Mutt's pattern matching
2135 Once you have tagged the desired messages, you can use the ``tag-prefix'' oper-
2136 ator, which is the ``;'' (semicolon) key by default. When the ``tag-prefix''
2137 operator is used, the n
\bne
\bex
\bxt
\bt operation will be applied to all tagged messages if
2138 that operation can be used in that manner. If the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bt_
\ba_
\bg (section 6.3.18 ,
2139 page 69) variable is set, the next operation applies to the tagged messages
2140 automatically, without requiring the ``tag-prefix''.
2142 In _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs (section 3.6 , page 20) or _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh (section 3.21 , page 29) commands,
2143 you can use the ``tag-prefix-cond'' operator. If there are no tagged messages,
2144 mutt will "eat" the rest of the macro to abort it's execution. Mutt will stop
2145 "eating" the macro when it encounters the ``end-cond'' operator; after this
2146 operator the rest of the macro will be executed as normal.
2148 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 41
2150 _
\b4_
\b._
\b4 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
2152 A _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk is a concept borrowed from the EMACS editor which allows you to execute
2153 arbitrary commands before performing some operation. For example, you may wish
2154 to tailor your configuration based upon which mailbox you are reading, or to
2155 whom you are sending mail. In the Mutt world, a _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk consists of a _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br
2156 _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 4.1 , page 33) or _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn (section 4.2 , page 36) along
2157 with a configuration option/command. See
2159 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.5 , page 19)
2161 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.18 , page 27)
2163 +
\bo _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.19 , page 28)
2165 +
\bo _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26)
2167 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)
2169 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27)
2171 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27)
2173 for specific details on each type of _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk available.
2175 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain effective
2176 until the end of the current mutt session. As this is generally not desired, a
2177 default hook needs to be added before all other hooks to restore configuration
2178 defaults. Here is an example with send-hook and the my_hdr directive:
2180 send-hook . 'unmy_hdr From:'
2181 send-hook ~C'^b@b\.b$' my_hdr from: c@c.c
2183 _
\b4_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
2185 Hooks that act upon messages (send-hook, save-hook, fcc-hook, message-hook) are
2186 evaluated in a slightly different manner. For the other types of hooks, a _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\b-
2187 _
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 4.1 , page 33) is sufficient. But in dealing with
2188 messages a finer grain of control is needed for matching since for different
2189 purposes you want to match different criteria.
2191 Mutt allows the use of the _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn (section 4.2 , page 36) language for
2192 matching messages in hook commands. This works in exactly the same way as it
2193 would when _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg or _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg the mailbox, except that you are restricted to
2194 those operators which match information mutt extracts from the header of the
2195 message (i.e. from, to, cc, date, subject, etc.).
2197 For example, if you wanted to set your return address based upon sending mail
2198 to a specific address, you could do something like:
2200 send-hook '~t ^me@cs\.hmc\.edu$' 'my_hdr From: Mutt User <user@host>'
2202 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 42
2204 which would execute the given command when sending mail to _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\bc_
\bs_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu.
2206 However, it is not required that you write the pattern to match using the full
2207 searching language. You can still specify a simple _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn like the
2208 other hooks, in which case Mutt will translate your pattern into the full lan-
2209 guage, using the translation specified by the _
\b$_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 6.3.47 ,
2210 page 75) variable. The pattern is translated at the time the hook is declared,
2211 so the value of _
\b$_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 6.3.47 , page 75) that is in effect at
2212 that time will be used.
2214 _
\b4_
\b._
\b5 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br
2216 The sidebar, a feature specific to Mutt-ng, allows you to use a mailbox listing
2217 which looks very similar to the ones you probably know from GUI mail clients.
2218 The sidebar lists all specified mailboxes, shows the number in each and high-
2219 lights the ones with new email Use the following configuration commands:
2221 set sidebar_visible="yes"
2222 set sidebar_width=25
2224 If you want to specify the mailboxes you can do so with:
2232 You can also specify the colors for mailboxes with new mails by using:
2234 color sidebar_new red black
2235 color sidebar white black
2237 The available functions are:
2239 sidebar-scroll-up Scrolls the mailbox list up 1 page
2240 sidebar-scroll-down Scrolls the mailbox list down 1 page
2241 sidebar-next Highlights the next mailbox
2242 sidebar-next-new Highlights the next mailbox with new mail
2243 sidebar-previous Highlights the previous mailbox
2244 sidebar-open Opens the currently highlighted mailbox
2246 Reasonable key bindings look e.g. like this:
2248 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 43
2250 bind index \Cp sidebar-prev
2251 bind index \Cn sidebar-next
2252 bind index \Cb sidebar-open
2253 bind pager \Cp sidebar-prev
2254 bind pager \Cn sidebar-next
2255 bind pager \Cb sidebar-open
2257 macro index B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
2258 macro pager B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
2260 You can then go up and down by pressing Ctrl-P and Ctrl-N, and switch on and
2261 off the sidebar simply by pressing 'B'.
2263 _
\b4_
\b._
\b6 _
\bE_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bA_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs _
\bQ_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs
2265 Mutt supports connecting to external directory databases such as LDAP, ph/qi,
2266 bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to mutt using a simple
2267 interface. Using the _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.214 , page 117) variable,
2268 you specify the wrapper command to use. For example:
2270 set query_command = "mutt_ldap_query.pl '%s'"
2272 The wrapper script should accept the query on the command-line. It should
2273 return a one line message, then each matching response on a single line, each
2274 line containing a tab separated address then name then some other optional
2275 information. On error, or if there are no matching addresses, return a non-
2276 zero exit code and a one line error message.
2278 An example multiple response output:
2280 Searching database ... 20 entries ... 3 matching:
2281 me@cs.hmc.edu Michael Elkins mutt dude
2282 blong@fiction.net Brandon Long mutt and more
2283 roessler@guug.de Thomas Roessler mutt pgp
2285 There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of mutt. One is to
2286 do a query from the index menu using the query function (default: Q). This
2287 will prompt for a query, then bring up the query menu which will list the
2288 matching responses. From the query menu, you can select addresses to create
2289 aliases, or to mail. You can tag multiple addresses to mail, start a new
2290 query, or have a new query appended to the current responses.
2292 The other mechanism for accessing the query function is for address completion,
2293 similar to the alias completion. In any prompt for address entry, you can use
2294 the complete-query function (default: ^T) to run a query based on the current
2295 address you have typed. Like aliases, mutt will look for what you have typed
2296 back to the last space or comma. If there is a single response for that query,
2297 mutt will expand the address in place. If there are multiple responses, mutt
2298 will activate the query menu. At the query menu, you can select one or more
2299 addresses to be added to the prompt.
2301 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 44
2303 _
\b4_
\b._
\b7 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bs
2305 Mutt supports reading and writing of four different mailbox formats: mbox,
2306 MMDF, MH and Maildir. The mailbox type is autodetected, so there is no need to
2307 use a flag for different mailbox types. When creating new mailboxes, Mutt uses
2308 the default specified with the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 6.3.128 , page 96) vari-
2311 m
\bmb
\bbo
\box
\bx. This is the most widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All messages are
2312 stored in a single file. Each message has a line of the form:
2314 From me@cs.hmc.edu Fri, 11 Apr 1997 11:44:56 PST
2316 to denote the start of a new message (this is often referred to as the
2319 M
\bMM
\bMD
\bDF
\bF. This is a variant of the _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx format. Each message is surrounded by
2320 lines containing ``^A^A^A^A'' (four control-A's).
2322 M
\bMH
\bH. A radical departure from _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx and _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF, a mailbox consists of a directory
2323 and each message is stored in a separate file. The filename indicates the mes-
2324 sage number (however, this is may not correspond to the message number Mutt
2325 displays). Deleted messages are renamed with a comma (,) prepended to the file-
2326 name. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt detects this type of mailbox by looking for either
2327 .mh_sequences or .xmhcache (needed to distinguish normal directories from MH
2330 M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bld
\bdi
\bir
\br. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a replace-
2331 ment for sendmail). Similar to _
\bM_
\bH, except that it adds three subdirectories of
2332 the mailbox: _
\bt_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bn_
\be_
\bw and _
\bc_
\bu_
\br. Filenames for the messages are chosen in such a
2333 way they are unique, even when two programs are writing the mailbox over NFS,
2334 which means that no file locking is needed.
2336 _
\b4_
\b._
\b8 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs
2338 There are a number of built in shortcuts which refer to specific mailboxes.
2339 These shortcuts can be used anywhere you are prompted for a file or mailbox
2342 +
\bo ! -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.291 , page 135) (incoming)
2345 +
\bo > -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.127 , page 96) file
2347 +
\bo < -- refers to your _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.223 , page 119) file
2349 +
\bo ^ -- refers to the current mailbox
2351 +
\bo - or !! -- refers to the file you've last visited
2353 +
\bo ~ -- refers to your home directory
2355 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 45
2357 +
\bo = or + -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.65 , page 79) directory
2359 +
\bo @_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs -- refers to the _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.15 , page 26) as
2360 determined by the address of the alias
2362 _
\b4_
\b._
\b9 _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bL_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
2364 Mutt has a few configuration options that make dealing with large amounts of
2365 mail easier. The first thing you must do is to let Mutt know what addresses
2366 you consider to be mailing lists (technically this does not have to be a mail-
2367 ing list, but that is what it is most often used for), and what lists you are
2368 subscribed to. This is accomplished through the use of the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be
2369 (section 3.10 , page 24) commands in your muttrc.
2371 Now that Mutt knows what your mailing lists are, it can do several things, the
2372 first of which is the ability to show the name of a list through which you
2373 received a message (i.e., of a subscribed list) in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu display.
2374 This is useful to distinguish between personal and list mail in the same mail-
2375 box. In the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91) variable, the escape
2376 ``%L'' will return the string ``To <list>'' when ``list'' appears in the ``To''
2377 field, and ``Cc <list>'' when it appears in the ``Cc'' field (otherwise it
2378 returns the name of the author).
2380 Often times the ``To'' and ``Cc'' fields in mailing list messages tend to get
2381 quite large. Most people do not bother to remove the author of the message they
2382 are reply to from the list, resulting in two or more copies being sent to that
2383 person. The ``list-reply'' function, which by default is bound to ``L'' in the
2384 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br, helps reduce the clutter by only replying to the known
2385 mailing list addresses instead of all recipients (except as specified by Mail-
2386 Followup-To, see below).
2388 Mutt also supports the Mail-Followup-To header. When you send a message to a
2389 list of recipients which includes one or several subscribed mailing lists, and
2390 if the _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.67 , page 80) option is set, mutt will gener-
2391 ate a Mail-Followup-To header which contains all the recipients to whom you
2392 send this message, but not your address. This indicates that group-replies or
2393 list-replies (also known as ``followups'') to this message should only be sent
2394 to the original recipients of the message, and not separately to you - you'll
2395 receive your copy through one of the mailing lists you are subscribed to.
2397 Conversely, when group-replying or list-replying to a message which has a Mail-
2398 Followup-To header, mutt will respect this header if the _
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
2399 (section 6.3.91 , page 86) configuration variable is set. Using list-reply
2400 will in this case also make sure that the reply goes to the mailing list, even
2401 if it's not specified in the list of recipients in the Mail-Followup-To.
2403 Note that, when header editing is enabled, you can create a Mail-Followup-To
2404 header manually. Mutt will only auto-generate this header if it doesn't exist
2405 when you send the message.
2407 The other method some mailing list admins use is to generate a ``Reply-To''
2408 field which points back to the mailing list address rather than the author of
2409 the message. This can create problems when trying to reply directly to the
2410 author in private, since most mail clients will automatically reply to the
2412 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 46
2414 address given in the ``Reply-To'' field. Mutt uses the _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section
2415 6.3.226 , page 119) variable to help decide which address to use. If set to
2416 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs or _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo, you will be prompted as to whether or not you would like to
2417 use the address given in the ``Reply-To'' field, or reply directly to the
2418 address given in the ``From'' field. When set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, the ``Reply-To'' field
2419 will be used when present.
2421 The ``X-Label:'' header field can be used to further identify mailing lists or
2422 list subject matter (or just to annotate messages individually). The
2423 _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91) variable's ``%y'' and ``%Y'' escapes
2424 can be used to expand ``X-Label:'' fields in the index, and Mutt's pattern-
2425 matcher can match regular expressions to ``X-Label:'' fields with the `` y''
2426 selector. ``X-Label:'' is not a standard message header field, but it can eas-
2427 ily be inserted by procmail and other mail filtering agents.
2429 Lastly, Mutt has the ability to _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.285 , page 133) the mailbox
2430 into _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs (section 2.3.3 , page 7). A thread is a group of messages which
2431 all relate to the same subject. This is usually organized into a tree-like
2432 structure where a message and all of its replies are represented graphically.
2433 If you've ever used a threaded news client, this is the same concept. It makes
2434 dealing with large volume mailing lists easier because you can easily delete
2435 uninteresting threads and quickly find topics of value.
2437 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2439 Mutt has the ability to dynamically restructure threads that are broken either
2440 by misconfigured software or bad behavior from some correspondents. This allows
2441 to clean your mailboxes formats) from these annoyances which make it hard to
2442 follow a discussion.
2444 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b._
\b1 _
\bL_
\bi_
\bn_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2446 Some mailers tend to "forget" to correctly set the "In-Reply-To:" and "Refer-
2447 ences:" headers when replying to a message. This results in broken discussions
2448 because Mutt has not enough information to guess the correct threading. You
2449 can fix this by tagging the reply, then moving to the parent message and using
2450 the ``link-threads'' function (bound to & by default). The reply will then be
2451 connected to this "parent" message.
2453 You can also connect multiple children at once, tagging them and using the tag-
2454 prefix command (';') or the auto_tag option.
2456 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b._
\b2 _
\bB_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2458 On mailing lists, some people are in the bad habit of starting a new discussion
2459 by hitting "reply" to any message from the list and changing the subject to a
2460 totally unrelated one. You can fix such threads by using the ``break-thread''
2461 function (bound by default to #), which will turn the subthread starting from
2462 the current message into a whole different thread.
2464 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\bD_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs _
\bN_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\b(_
\bD_
\bS_
\bN_
\b) _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
2466 RFC1894 defines a set of MIME content types for relaying information about the
2467 status of electronic mail messages. These can be thought of as ``return
2469 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 47
2471 receipts.'' Berkeley sendmail 8.8.x currently has some command line options in
2472 which the mail client can make requests as to what type of status messages
2475 To support this, there are two variables. _
\b$_
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\by (section 6.3.53 , page
2476 76) is used to request receipts for different results (such as failed message,
2477 message delivered, etc.). _
\b$_
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn (section 6.3.54 , page 77) requests how
2478 much of your message should be returned with the receipt (headers or full mes-
2479 sage). Refer to the man page on sendmail for more details on DSN.
2481 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\bP_
\bO_
\bP_
\b3 _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2483 If Mutt was compiled with POP3 support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2484 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bp_
\bo_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with mailboxes located on a
2485 remote POP3 server and fetch mail for local browsing.
2487 You can access the remote POP3 mailbox by selecting the folder
2490 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server, i.e.:
2491 pop://popserver:port/.
2493 You can also specify different username for each folder, i.e.: pop://user-
2494 name@popserver[:port]/.
2496 Polling for new mail is more expensive over POP3 than locally. For this reason
2497 the frequency at which Mutt will check for mail remotely can be controlled by
2498 the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl (section 6.3.197 , page 113) variable, which defaults
2499 to every 60 seconds.
2501 If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with the
2502 _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to POP3 servers can be encrypted. This naturally
2503 requires that the server supports SSL encrypted connections. To access a folder
2504 with POP3/SSL, you should use pops: prefix, ie: pops://[user-
2505 name@]popserver[:port]/.
2507 Another way to access your POP3 mail is the _
\bf_
\be_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\b-_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl function (default: G).
2508 It allows to connect to _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (section 6.3.199 , page 113), fetch all your
2509 new mail and place it in the local _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.291 , page 135).
2510 After this point, Mutt runs exactly as if the mail had always been local.
2512 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you only need to fetch all messages to local mailbox you should con-
2513 sider using a specialized program, such as fetchmail
2515 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\bI_
\bM_
\bA_
\bP _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2517 If Mutt was compiled with IMAP support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2518 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with folders located on a
2521 You can access the remote inbox by selecting the folder
2522 imap://imapserver/INBOX, where imapserver is the name of the IMAP server and
2523 INBOX is the special name for your spool mailbox on the IMAP server. If you
2524 want to access another mail folder at the IMAP server, you should use
2526 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 48
2528 imap://imapserver/path/to/folder where path/to/folder is the path of the folder
2531 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server, i.e.:
2532 imap://imapserver:port/INBOX.
2534 You can also specify different username for each folder, i.e.: imap://user-
2535 name@imapserver[:port]/INBOX.
2537 If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with the
2538 _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to IMAP servers can be encrypted. This naturally
2539 requires that the server supports SSL encrypted connections. To access a folder
2540 with IMAP/SSL, you should use imaps://[user-
2541 name@]imapserver[:port]/path/to/folder as your folder path.
2543 Pine-compatible notation is also supported, i.e. {[user-
2544 name@]imapserver[:port][/ssl]}path/to/folder
2546 Note that not all servers use / as the hierarchy separator. Mutt should cor-
2547 rectly notice which separator is being used by the server and convert paths
2550 When browsing folders on an IMAP server, you can toggle whether to look at only
2551 the folders you are subscribed to, or all folders with the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
2552 command. See also the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.100 , page 88) vari-
2555 Polling for new mail on an IMAP server can cause noticeable delays. So, you'll
2556 want to carefully tune the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.101 , page 88) and
2557 _
\b$_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt (section 6.3.311 , page 141) variables.
2559 Note that if you are using mbox as the mail store on UW servers prior to
2560 v12.250, the server has been reported to disconnect a client if another client
2561 selects the same folder.
2563 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bB_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
2565 As of version 1.2, mutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP server. This is
2566 mostly the same as the local file browser, with the following differences:
2568 +
\bo Instead of file permissions, mutt displays the string "IMAP", possibly
2569 followed by the symbol "+", indicating that the entry contains both mes-
2570 sages and subfolders. On Cyrus-like servers folders will often contain
2571 both messages and subfolders.
2573 +
\bo For the case where an entry can contain both messages and subfolders, the
2574 selection key (bound to enter by default) will choose to descend into the
2575 subfolder view. If you wish to view the messages in that folder, you must
2576 use view-file instead (bound to space by default).
2578 +
\bo You can create, delete and rename mailboxes with the create-mailbox,
2579 delete-mailbox, and rename-mailbox commands (default bindings: C, d and r,
2580 respectively). You may also subscribe and unsubscribe to mailboxes (nor-
2581 mally these are bound to s and u, respectively).
2583 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 49
2585 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
2587 Mutt supports four authentication methods with IMAP servers: SASL, GSSAPI,
2588 CRAM-MD5, and LOGIN (there is a patch by Grant Edwards to add NTLM authentica-
2589 tion for you poor exchange users out there, but it has yet to be integrated
2590 into the main tree). There is also support for the pseudo-protocol ANONYMOUS,
2591 which allows you to log in to a public IMAP server without having an account.
2592 To use ANONYMOUS, simply make your username blank or "anonymous".
2594 SASL is a special super-authenticator, which selects among several protocols
2595 (including GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, ANONYMOUS, and DIGEST-MD5) the most secure method
2596 available on your host and the server. Using some of these methods (including
2597 DIGEST-MD5 and possibly GSSAPI), your entire session will be encrypted and
2598 invisible to those teeming network snoops. It is the best option if you have
2599 it. To use it, you must have the Cyrus SASL library installed on your system
2600 and compile mutt with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bs_
\bl flag.
2602 Mutt will try whichever methods are compiled in and available on the server, in
2603 the following order: SASL, ANONYMOUS, GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, LOGIN.
2605 There are a few variables which control authentication:
2607 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.107 , page 90) - controls the username under
2608 which you request authentication on the IMAP server, for all authentica-
2609 tors. This is overridden by an explicit username in the mailbox path (i.e.
2610 by using a mailbox name of the form {user@host}).
2612 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs (section 6.3.102 , page 88) - a password which you may preset,
2613 used by all authentication methods where a password is needed.
2615 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.94 , page 86) - a colon-delimited list
2616 of IMAP authentication methods to try, in the order you wish to try them.
2617 If specified, this overrides mutt's default (attempt everything, in the
2618 order listed above).
2620 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bn_
\ba_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bI_
\bM_
\bA_
\bP_
\b/_
\bP_
\bO_
\bP _
\ba_
\bc_
\bc_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2622 If you happen to have accounts on multiple IMAP and/or POP servers, you may
2623 find managing all the authentication settings inconvenient and error-prone.
2624 The account-hook command may help. This hook works like folder-hook but is
2625 invoked whenever you access a remote mailbox (including inside the folder
2626 browser), not just when you open the mailbox.
2630 account-hook . 'unset imap_user; unset imap_pass; unset tunnel'
2631 account-hook imap://host1/ 'set imap_user=me1 imap_pass=foo'
2632 account-hook imap://host2/ 'set tunnel="ssh host2 /usr/libexec/imapd"'
2634 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt _
\ba _
\bW_
\bW_
\bW _
\bB_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bn _
\bU_
\bR_
\bL_
\bs _
\b(_
\bE_
\bX_
\bT_
\bE_
\bR_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2636 If a message contains URLs (_
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bd _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br = address in the WWW space
2638 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 50
2640 like _
\bh_
\bt_
\bt_
\bp_
\b:_
\b/_
\b/_
\bw_
\bw_
\bw_
\b._
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg_
\b/), it is efficient to get a menu with all the URLs and
2641 start a WWW browser on one of them. This functionality is provided by the
2642 external urlview program which can be retrieved at ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/con-
2643 trib/ and the configuration commands:
2645 macro index \cb |urlview\n
2646 macro pager \cb |urlview\n
2648 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2650 If Mutt was compiled with compressed folders support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be
2651 script with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd flag), Mutt can open folders stored in an
2652 arbitrary format, provided that the user has a script to convert from/to this
2653 format to one of the accepted.
2655 The most common use is to open compressed archived folders e.g. with gzip.
2657 In addition, the user can provide a script that gets a folder in an accepted
2658 format and appends its context to the folder in the user-defined format, which
2659 may be faster than converting the entire folder to the accepted format, append-
2660 ing to it and converting back to the user-defined format.
2662 There are three hooks defined (_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50), _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-
2663 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) and _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51))
2664 which define commands to uncompress and compress a folder and to append mes-
2665 sages to an existing compressed folder respectively.
2669 open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
2670 close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
2671 append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
2673 You do not have to specify all of the commands. If you omit _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (sec-
2674 tion 4.16.3 , page 51), the folder will be open and closed again each time you
2675 will add to it. If you omit _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) (or give
2676 empty command) , the folder will be open in the mode. If you specify _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
2677 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) though you'll be able to append to the folder.
2679 Note that Mutt will only try to use hooks if the file is not in one of the
2680 accepted formats. In particular, if the file is empty, mutt supposes it is not
2681 compressed. This is important because it allows the use of programs that do not
2682 have well defined extensions. Just use '.' as a regexp. But this may be sur-
2683 prising if your compressing script produces empty files. In this situation,
2684 unset _
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by (section 6.3.233 , page 121), so that the compressed file
2685 will be removed if you delete all of the messages.
2687 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b1 _
\bO_
\bp_
\be_
\bn _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
2689 Usage: open-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2691 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 51
2693 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is the command that can be used for opening the folders whose names
2694 match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
2696 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd string is the printf-like format string, and it should accept two
2697 parameters: %f, which is replaced with the (compressed) folder name, and %t
2698 which is replaced with the name of the temporary folder to which to write.
2700 %f and %t can be repeated any number of times in the command string, and all of
2701 the entries are replaced with the appropriate folder name. In addition, %% is
2702 replaced by %, as in printf, and any other %anything is left as is.
2704 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the original compressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should
2705 return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2709 open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
2711 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type.
2713 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b2 _
\bW_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
2715 Usage: close-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2717 This is used to close the folder that was open with the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2718 4.16.1 , page 50) command after some changes were made to it.
2720 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd string is the command that can be used for closing the folders
2721 whose names match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. It has the same format as in the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2722 4.16.1 , page 50) command. Temporary folder in this case is the folder previ-
2723 ously produced by the <_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50) command.
2725 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the decompressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should return
2726 non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2730 close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
2732 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type, and the
2733 file can only be open in the readonly mode.
2735 _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) is not called when you exit from the
2736 folder if the folder was not changed.
2738 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b3 _
\bA_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd _
\ba _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bt_
\bo _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
2740 Usage: append-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2742 This command is used for saving to an existing compressed folder. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
2744 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 52
2746 is the command that can be used for appending to the folders whose names match
2747 _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. It has the same format as in the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50)
2748 command. The temporary folder in this case contains the messages that are
2751 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the decompressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should return
2752 non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2756 append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
2758 When _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) is used, the folder is not opened,
2759 which saves time, but this means that we can not find out what the folder type
2760 is. Thus the default (_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 6.3.128 , page 96)) type is always
2761 supposed (i.e. this is the format used for the temporary folder).
2763 If the file does not exist when you save to it, _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 ,
2764 page 51) is called, and not _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51). _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
2765 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) is only for appending to existing folders.
2767 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type. In this
2768 case, the folder will be open and closed again (using _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2769 4.16.1 , page 50) and _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51)respectively) each
2770 time you will add to it.
2772 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b4 _
\bE_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
2774 The compressed folders support can also be used to handle encrypted folders. If
2775 you want to encrypt a folder with PGP, you may want to use the following hooks:
2777 open-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -f < %f > %t"
2778 close-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -fe YourPgpUserIdOrKeyId < %t > %f"
2780 Please note, that PGP does not support appending to an encrypted folder, so
2781 there is no append-hook defined.
2783 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the folder is temporary stored decrypted in the /tmp directory, where it
2784 can be read by your system administrator. So think about the security aspects
2787 _
\b5_
\b. _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b'_
\bs _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
2789 Quite a bit of effort has been made to make Mutt the premier text-mode MIME
2790 MUA. Every effort has been made to provide the functionality that the discern-
2791 ing MIME user requires, and the conformance to the standards wherever possible.
2792 When configuring Mutt for MIME, there are two extra types of configuration
2793 files which Mutt uses. One is the mime.types file, which contains the mapping
2794 of file extensions to IANA MIME types. The other is the mailcap file, which
2796 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 53
2798 specifies the external commands to use for handling specific MIME types.
2800 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bi_
\bn _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt
2802 There are three areas/menus in Mutt which deal with MIME, they are the pager
2803 (while viewing a message), the attachment menu and the compose menu.
2805 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bV_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\bi_
\bn _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
2807 When you select a message from the index and view it in the pager, Mutt decodes
2808 the message to a text representation. Mutt internally supports a number of
2809 MIME types, including text/plain, text/enriched, message/rfc822, and mes-
2810 sage/news. In addition, the export controlled version of Mutt recognizes a
2811 variety of PGP MIME types, including PGP/MIME and application/pgp.
2813 Mutt will denote attachments with a couple lines describing them. These lines
2816 [-- Attachment #1: Description --]
2817 [-- Type: text/plain, Encoding: 7bit, Size: 10000 --]
2819 Where the Description is the description or filename given for the attachment,
2820 and the Encoding is one of 7bit/8bit/quoted-printable/base64/binary.
2822 If Mutt cannot deal with a MIME type, it will display a message like:
2824 [-- image/gif is unsupported (use 'v' to view this part) --]
2826 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b2 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bA_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu
2828 The default binding for view-attachments is `v', which displays the attachment
2829 menu for a message. The attachment menu displays a list of the attachments in
2830 a message. From the attachment menu, you can save, print, pipe, delete, and
2831 view attachments. You can apply these operations to a group of attachments at
2832 once, by tagging the attachments and by using the ``tag-prefix'' operator. You
2833 can also reply to the current message from this menu, and only the current
2834 attachment (or the attachments tagged) will be quoted in your reply. You can
2835 view attachments as text, or view them using the mailcap viewer definition.
2837 Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
2838 (section 2.3.4 , page 9), and the reply and forward functions) to attachments
2839 of type message/rfc822.
2841 See the help on the attachment menu for more information.
2843 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b3 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu
2845 The compose menu is the menu you see before you send a message. It allows you
2846 to edit the recipient list, the subject, and other aspects of your message. It
2847 also contains a list of the attachments of your message, including the main
2848 body. From this menu, you can print, copy, filter, pipe, edit, compose,
2849 review, and rename an attachment or a list of tagged attachments. You can also
2851 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 54
2853 modifying the attachment information, notably the type, encoding and descrip-
2856 Attachments appear as follows:
2858 - 1 [text/plain, 7bit, 1K] /tmp/mutt-euler-8082-0 <no description>
2859 2 [applica/x-gunzip, base64, 422K] ~/src/mutt-0.85.tar.gz <no description>
2861 The '-' denotes that Mutt will delete the file after sending (or postponing, or
2862 canceling) the message. It can be toggled with the toggle-unlink command
2863 (default: u). The next field is the MIME content-type, and can be changed with
2864 the edit-type command (default: ^T). The next field is the encoding for the
2865 attachment, which allows a binary message to be encoded for transmission on
2866 7bit links. It can be changed with the edit-encoding command (default: ^E).
2867 The next field is the size of the attachment, rounded to kilobytes or
2868 megabytes. The next field is the filename, which can be changed with the
2869 rename-file command (default: R). The final field is the description of the
2870 attachment, and can be changed with the edit-description command (default: d).
2872 _
\b5_
\b._
\b2 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bT_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b._
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be_
\bs
2874 When you add an attachment to your mail message, Mutt searches your personal
2875 mime.types file at ${HOME}/.mime.types, and then the system mime.types file at
2876 /usr/local/share/mutt/mime.types or /etc/mime.types
2878 The mime.types file consist of lines containing a MIME type and a space sepa-
2879 rated list of extensions. For example:
2881 application/postscript ps eps
2883 audio/x-aiff aif aifc aiff
2885 A sample mime.types file comes with the Mutt distribution, and should contain
2886 most of the MIME types you are likely to use.
2888 If Mutt can not determine the mime type by the extension of the file you
2889 attach, it will look at the file. If the file is free of binary information,
2890 Mutt will assume that the file is plain text, and mark it as text/plain. If
2891 the file contains binary information, then Mutt will mark it as applica-
2892 tion/octet-stream. You can change the MIME type that Mutt assigns to an
2893 attachment by using the edit-type command from the compose menu (default: ^T).
2894 The MIME type is actually a major mime type followed by the sub-type, separated
2895 by a '/'. 6 major types: application, text, image, video, audio, and model have
2896 been approved after various internet discussions. Mutt recognises all of these
2897 if the appropriate entry is found in the mime.types file. It also recognises
2898 other major mime types, such as the chemical type that is widely used in the
2899 molecular modelling community to pass molecular data in various forms to vari-
2900 ous molecular viewers. Non-recognised mime types should only be used if the
2901 recipient of the message is likely to be expecting such attachments.
2903 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bV_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\be_
\br _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp
2905 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 55
2907 Mutt supports RFC 1524 MIME Configuration, in particular the Unix specific for-
2908 mat specified in Appendix A of RFC 1524. This file format is commonly referred
2909 to as the mailcap format. Many MIME compliant programs utilize the mailcap
2910 format, allowing you to specify handling for all MIME types in one place for
2911 all programs. Programs known to use this format include Netscape, XMosaic,
2914 In order to handle various MIME types that Mutt can not handle internally, Mutt
2915 parses a series of external configuration files to find an external handler.
2916 The default search string for these files is a colon delimited list set to
2918 ${HOME}/.mailcap:/usr/local/share/mutt/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/usr/etc/mailcap:/usr/local/etc/mailcap
2920 where $HOME is your home directory.
2922 In particular, the metamail distribution will install a mailcap file, usually
2923 as /usr/local/etc/mailcap, which contains some baseline entries.
2925 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bB_
\ba_
\bs_
\bi_
\bc_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
2927 A mailcap file consists of a series of lines which are comments, blank, or def-
2930 A comment line consists of a # character followed by anything you want.
2932 A blank line is blank.
2934 A definition line consists of a content type, a view command, and any number of
2935 optional fields. Each field of a definition line is divided by a semicolon ';'
2938 The content type is specified in the MIME standard type/subtype method. For
2939 example, text/plain, text/html, image/gif, etc. In addition, the mailcap for-
2940 mat includes two formats for wildcards, one using the special '*' subtype, the
2941 other is the implicit wild, where you only include the major type. For exam-
2942 ple, image/*, or video, will match all image types and video types, respec-
2945 The view command is a Unix command for viewing the type specified. There are
2946 two different types of commands supported. The default is to send the body of
2947 the MIME message to the command on stdin. You can change this behavior by using
2948 %s as a parameter to your view command. This will cause Mutt to save the body
2949 of the MIME message to a temporary file, and then call the view command with
2950 the %s replaced by the name of the temporary file. In both cases, Mutt will
2951 turn over the terminal to the view program until the program quits, at which
2952 time Mutt will remove the temporary file if it exists.
2954 So, in the simplest form, you can send a text/plain message to the external
2955 pager more on stdin:
2959 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 56
2961 Or, you could send the message as a file:
2965 Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html message:
2969 In this case, lynx does not support viewing a file from stdin, so you must use
2970 the %s syntax. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bS_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn _
\ba _
\bb_
\bu_
\bg _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\br_
\be _
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl
2971 _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\ba _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\be_
\br _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b/_
\bh_
\bt_
\bm_
\bl_
\b. _
\bT_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl _
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
2972 _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc_
\bh _
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bs _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx_
\b, _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\br_
\bu_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\b. _
\bT_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bc_
\ba_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\bs _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bt_
\bo _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bu_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs_
\bl_
\by _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bw_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\bf _
\bt_
\bo
2973 _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b.
2975 On the other hand, maybe you don't want to use lynx interactively, you just
2976 want to have it convert the text/html to text/plain, then you can use:
2978 text/html; lynx -dump %s | more
2980 Perhaps you wish to use lynx to view text/html files, and a pager on all other
2981 text formats, then you would use the following:
2986 This is the simplest form of a mailcap file.
2988 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bS_
\be_
\bc_
\bu_
\br_
\be _
\bu_
\bs_
\be _
\bo_
\bf _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp
2990 The interpretation of shell meta-characters embedded in MIME parameters can
2991 lead to security problems in general. Mutt tries to quote parameters in expan-
2992 sion of %s syntaxes properly, and avoids risky characters by substituting them,
2993 see the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bz_
\be (section 6.3.120 , page 95) variable.
2995 Although mutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be safe,
2996 there are other applications parsing mailcap, maybe taking less care of it.
2997 Therefore you should pay attention to the following rules:
2999 _
\bK_
\be_
\be_
\bp _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\b%_
\b-_
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bo_
\bs _
\ba_
\bw_
\ba_
\by _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b. Don't quote them with single or
3000 double quotes. Mutt does this for you, the right way, as should any other pro-
3001 gram which interprets mailcap. Don't put them into backtick expansions. Be
3002 highly careful with eval statements, and avoid them if possible at all. Trying
3003 to fix broken behaviour with quotes introduces new leaks - there is no alterna-
3004 tive to correct quoting in the first place.
3006 If you have to use the %-expandos' values in context where you need quoting or
3007 backtick expansions, put that value into a shell variable and reference the
3008 shell variable where necessary, as in the following example (using $charset
3009 inside the backtick expansion is safe, since it is not itself subject to any
3012 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 57
3014 text/test-mailcap-bug; cat %s; copiousoutput; test=charset=%{charset} \
3015 && test "`echo $charset | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`" != iso-8859-1
3017 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bA_
\bd_
\bv_
\ba_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bU_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
3019 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bO_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bF_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd_
\bs
3021 In addition to the required content-type and view command fields, you can add
3022 semi-colon ';' separated fields to set flags and other options. Mutt recog-
3023 nizes the following optional fields:
3026 This flag tells Mutt that the command passes possibly large amounts
3027 of text on stdout. This causes Mutt to invoke a pager (either the
3028 internal pager or the external pager defined by the pager variable)
3029 on the output of the view command. Without this flag, Mutt assumes
3030 that the command is interactive. One could use this to replace the
3031 pipe to more in the lynx -dump example in the Basic section:
3033 text/html; lynx -dump %s ; copiousoutput
3035 This will cause lynx to format the text/html output as text/plain
3036 and Mutt will use your standard pager to display the results.
3039 Mutt uses this flag when viewing attachments with _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section
3040 5.4 , page 60), in order to decide whether it should honor the
3041 setting of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.325 , page 144) variable or
3042 not. When an attachment is viewed using an interactive program,
3043 and the corresponding mailcap entry has a _
\bn_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl flag, Mutt
3044 will use _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.325 , page 144) and the exit sta-
3045 tus of the program to decide if it will ask you to press a key
3046 after the external program has exited. In all other situations it
3047 will not prompt you for a key.
3050 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment
3051 of a specific MIME type. Mutt supports this from the compose menu.
3053 composetyped=<command>
3054 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment
3055 of a specific MIME type. This command differs from the compose
3056 command in that mutt will expect standard MIME headers on the data.
3057 This can be used to specify parameters, filename, description, etc.
3058 for a new attachment. Mutt supports this from the compose menu.
3061 This flag specifies the command to use to print a specific MIME
3062 type. Mutt supports this from the attachment and compose menus.
3065 This flag specifies the command to use to edit a specific MIME
3067 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 58
3069 type. Mutt supports this from the compose menu, and also uses it
3070 to compose new attachments. Mutt will default to the defined edi-
3071 tor for text attachments.
3073 nametemplate=<template>
3074 This field specifies the format for the file denoted by %s in the
3075 command fields. Certain programs will require a certain file
3076 extension, for instance, to correctly view a file. For instance,
3077 lynx will only interpret a file as text/html if the file ends in
3078 .html. So, you would specify lynx as a text/html viewer with a
3079 line in the mailcap file like:
3081 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3084 This field specifies a command to run to test whether this mailcap
3085 entry should be used. The command is defined with the command
3086 expansion rules defined in the next section. If the command
3087 returns 0, then the test passed, and Mutt uses this entry. If the
3088 command returns non-zero, then the test failed, and Mutt continues
3089 searching for the right entry. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt _
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh
3090 _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt _
\bp_
\be_
\br_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\bs _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bt_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\b. For example:
3092 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3095 In this example, Mutt will run the program RunningX which will
3096 return 0 if the X Window manager is running, and non-zero if it
3097 isn't. If RunningX returns 0, then Mutt will call netscape to dis-
3098 play the text/html object. If RunningX doesn't return 0, then Mutt
3099 will go on to the next entry and use lynx to display the text/html
3102 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bS_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh _
\bO_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br
3104 When searching for an entry in the mailcap file, Mutt will search for the most
3105 useful entry for its purpose. For instance, if you are attempting to print an
3106 image/gif, and you have the following entries in your mailcap file, Mutt will
3107 search for an entry with the print command:
3110 image/gif; ; print= anytopnm %s | pnmtops | lpr; \
3113 Mutt will skip the image/* entry and use the image/gif entry with the print
3116 In addition, you can use this with _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) to denote
3117 two commands for viewing an attachment, one to be viewed automatically, the
3118 other to be viewed interactively from the attachment menu. In addition, you
3119 can then use the test feature to determine which viewer to use interactively
3121 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 59
3123 depending on your environment.
3125 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3126 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3127 text/html; lynx -dump %s; nametemplate=%s.html; copiousoutput
3129 For _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60), Mutt will choose the third entry because
3130 of the copiousoutput tag. For interactive viewing, Mutt will run the program
3131 RunningX to determine if it should use the first entry. If the program returns
3132 non-zero, Mutt will use the second entry for interactive viewing.
3134 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bE_
\bx_
\bp_
\ba_
\bn_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3136 The various commands defined in the mailcap files are passed to the /bin/sh
3137 shell using the system() function. Before the command is passed to /bin/sh -c,
3138 it is parsed to expand various special parameters with information from Mutt.
3139 The keywords Mutt expands are:
3142 As seen in the basic mailcap section, this variable is expanded to
3143 a filename specified by the calling program. This file contains
3144 the body of the message to view/print/edit or where the composing
3145 program should place the results of composition. In addition, the
3146 use of this keyword causes Mutt to not pass the body of the message
3147 to the view/print/edit program on stdin.
3150 Mutt will expand %t to the text representation of the content type
3151 of the message in the same form as the first parameter of the mail-
3152 cap definition line, ie text/html or image/gif.
3155 Mutt will expand this to the value of the specified parameter from
3156 the Content-Type: line of the mail message. For instance, if Your
3157 mail message contains:
3159 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
3161 then Mutt will expand %{charset} to iso-8859-1. The default meta-
3162 mail mailcap file uses this feature to test the charset to spawn an
3163 xterm using the right charset to view the message.
3166 This will be replaced by a %
3168 Mutt does not currently support the %F and %n keywords specified in RFC 1524.
3169 The main purpose of these parameters is for multipart messages, which is han-
3170 dled internally by Mutt.
3172 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bE_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3174 This mailcap file is fairly simple and standard:
3176 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 60
3178 # I'm always running X :)
3179 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3180 image/*; xv %s > /dev/null
3182 # I'm always running netscape (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
3183 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'
3185 This mailcap file shows quite a number of examples:
3187 # Use xanim to view all videos Xanim produces a header on startup,
3188 # send that to /dev/null so I don't see it
3189 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3191 # Send html to a running netscape by remote
3192 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningNetscape
3194 # If I'm not running netscape but I am running X, start netscape on the
3196 text/html; netscape %s; test=RunningX
3198 # Else use lynx to view it as text
3201 # This version would convert the text/html to text/plain
3202 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput
3204 # I use enscript to print text in two columns to a page
3205 text/*; more %s; print=enscript -2Gr %s
3207 # Netscape adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
3208 image/jpeg;xv %s; x-mozilla-flags=internal
3210 # Use xv to view images if I'm running X
3211 # In addition, this uses the \ to extend the line and set my editor
3213 image/*;xv %s; test=RunningX; \
3216 # Convert images to text using the netpbm tools
3217 image/*; (anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xysize 80 46 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm |
3218 pbmtoascii -1x2 ) 2>&1 ; copiousoutput
3220 # Send excel spreadsheets to my NT box
3221 application/ms-excel; open.pl %s
3223 _
\b5_
\b._
\b4 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw
3225 In addition to explicitly telling Mutt to view an attachment with the MIME
3226 viewer defined in the mailcap file, Mutt has support for automatically viewing
3227 MIME attachments while in the pager.
3229 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 61
3231 To work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the copi-
3232 ousoutput option to denote that it is non-interactive. Usually, you also use
3233 the entry to convert the attachment to a text representation which you can view
3236 You then use the auto_view muttrc command to list the content-types that you
3237 wish to view automatically.
3239 For instance, if you set auto_view to:
3241 auto_view text/html application/x-gunzip application/postscript image/gif application/x-tar-gz
3243 Mutt could use the following mailcap entries to automatically view attachments
3246 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput; nametemplate=%s.html
3247 image/*; anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xsize 80 -ysize 50 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm | pbmtoascii ; copiousoutput
3248 application/x-gunzip; gzcat; copiousoutput
3249 application/x-tar-gz; gunzip -c %s | tar -tf - ; copiousoutput
3250 application/postscript; ps2ascii %s; copiousoutput
3252 ``unauto_view'' can be used to remove previous entries from the autoview list.
3253 This can be used with message-hook to autoview messages based on size, etc.
3254 ``unauto_view *'' will remove all previous entries.
3256 _
\b5_
\b._
\b5 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b/_
\bA_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
3258 Mutt has some heuristics for determining which attachment of a multipart/alter-
3259 native type to display. First, mutt will check the alternative_order list to
3260 determine if one of the available types is preferred. The alternative_order
3261 list consists of a number of MIME types in order, including support for
3262 implicit and explicit wildcards, for example:
3264 alternative_order text/enriched text/plain text application/postscript image/*
3266 Next, mutt will check if any of the types have a defined _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section
3267 5.4 , page 60), and use that. Failing that, Mutt will look for any text type.
3268 As a last attempt, mutt will look for any type it knows how to handle.
3270 To remove a MIME type from the alternative_order list, use the unalterna-
3273 _
\b5_
\b._
\b6 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bL_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp
3275 Mutt's mime_lookup list specifies a list of mime-types that should not be
3276 treated according to their mailcap entry. This option is designed to deal with
3277 binary types such as application/octet-stream. When an attachment's mime-type
3278 is listed in mime_lookup, then the extension of the filename will be compared
3279 to the list of extensions in the mime.types file. The mime-type associated
3280 with this extension will then be used to process the attachment according to
3281 the rules in the mailcap file and according to any other configuration options
3283 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 62
3285 (such as auto_view) specified. Common usage would be:
3287 mime_lookup application/octet-stream application/X-Lotus-Manuscript
3289 In addition, the unmime_lookup command may be used to disable this feature for
3290 any particular mime-type if it had been set, for example, in a global muttrc.
3292 _
\b6_
\b. _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
3294 _
\b6_
\b._
\b1 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
3296 Running mutt with no arguments will make Mutt attempt to read your spool mail-
3297 box. However, it is possible to read other mailboxes and to send messages from
3298 the command line as well.
3301 -a attach a file to a message
3302 -b specify a blind carbon-copy (BCC) address
3303 -c specify a carbon-copy (Cc) address
3304 -e specify a config command to be run after initialization files are read
3305 -f specify a mailbox to load
3306 -F specify an alternate file to read initialization commands
3307 -h print help on command line options
3308 -H specify a draft file from which to read a header and body
3309 -i specify a file to include in a message composition
3310 -m specify a default mailbox type
3311 -n do not read the system Muttrc
3312 -p recall a postponed message
3313 -Q query a configuration variable
3314 -R open mailbox in read-only mode
3315 -s specify a subject (enclose in quotes if it contains spaces)
3316 -v show version number and compile-time definitions
3317 -x simulate the mailx(1) compose mode
3318 -y show a menu containing the files specified by the mailboxes command
3319 -z exit immediately if there are no messages in the mailbox
3320 -Z open the first folder with new message,exit immediately if none
3322 To read messages in a mailbox
3324 mutt [ -nz ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -m _
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ] [ -f _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx ]
3326 To compose a new message
3328 mutt [ -n ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -a _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be ] [ -c _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ] [ -i _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ] [ -s _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\b-
3329 _
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt ] _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ... ]
3331 Mutt also supports a ``batch'' mode to send prepared messages. Simply redirect
3332 input from the file you wish to send. For example,
3334 mutt -s 'data set for run #2' professor@bigschool.edu < ~/run2.dat
3336 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 63
3338 This command will send a message to ``professor@bigschool.edu'' with a subject
3339 of ``data set for run #2''. In the body of the message will be the contents of
3340 the file ``~/run2.dat''.
3342 _
\b6_
\b._
\b2 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs
3344 The following are the commands understood by mutt.
3346 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bc_
\bc_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.14 , page 49) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3348 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
3350 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by ... ]
3352 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs (section 3.9 , page 23) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3354 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs (section 3.9 , page 23) [ * | _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3356 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 5.5 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3358 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 5.5 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3360 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3362 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3364 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3366 +
\bo _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3368 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.4 , page 19) _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3370 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3372 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3374 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3376 +
\bo _
\be_
\bx_
\be_
\bc (section 3.22 , page 29) _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
3378 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3380 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3382 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.5 , page 19) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3384 +
\bo _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.14 , page 26) _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3386 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.14 , page 26) _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3388 +
\bo _
\bi_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bv_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.4 , page 19) _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3390 +
\bo _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.8 , page 23) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3392 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 64
3394 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.8 , page 23) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3396 +
\bo _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3398 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3400 +
\bo _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo (section 3.6 , page 20) _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
3402 +
\bo _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs (section 3.12 , page 25) _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
3404 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3406 +
\bo _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.19 , page 28) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3408 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp (section 5.6 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3410 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp (section 5.6 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3412 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3414 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3416 +
\bo _
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25) _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3418 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25) _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
3420 +
\bo _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3422 +
\bo _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.20 , page 28) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\b-_
\bi_
\bd
3424 +
\bo _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh (section 3.21 , page 29) _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3426 +
\bo _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3428 +
\bo _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3430 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.23 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
3432 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.23 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3434 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.18 , page 27) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3436 +
\bo _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section , page ) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3438 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3440 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3442 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page 32) _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3444 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm (section 3.24 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3446 +
\bo _
\bn_
\bo_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm (section 3.24 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
3448 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 65
3450 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3452 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3454 +
\bo _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3456 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.28 , page 33) _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3458 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3460 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\ba_
\bb_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
3466 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, when composing messages and no subject is given at the subject
3467 prompt, composition will be aborted. If set to _
\bn_
\bo, composing messages with no
3468 subject given at the subject prompt will never be aborted.
3470 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\ba_
\bb_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bd
3476 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, composition will automatically abort after editing the message
3477 body if no changes are made to the file (this check only happens after the
3478 _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt edit of the file). When set to _
\bn_
\bo, composition will never be aborted.
3480 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
3484 Default: '~/.muttngrc'
3486 The default file in which to save aliases created by the ``_
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (sec-
3487 tion 2.3.4 , page 7)'' function.
3489 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt-ng will not automatically source this file; you must explicitly use
3490 the ``_
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page 32)'' command for it to be executed.
3492 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3496 Default: '%4n %2f %t %-10a %r'
3498 Specifies the format of the data displayed for the ``alias'' menu. The follow-
3499 ing printf(3)-style sequences are available:
3504 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 66
3507 flags - currently, a 'd' for an alias marked for deletion
3513 address which alias expands to
3516 character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion
3518 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\b8_
\bb_
\bi_
\bt
3524 Controls whether 8-bit data is converted to 7-bit using either quoted-printable
3525 or base64 encoding when sending mail.
3527 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\ba_
\bn_
\bs_
\bi
3533 Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in rich text mes-
3534 sages) are to be interpreted. Messages containing these codes are rare, but if
3535 this option is set, their text will be colored accordingly. Note that this may
3536 override your color choices, and even present a security problem, since a mes-
3537 sage could include a line like ``[-- PGP output follows ...' and give it the
3538 same color as your attachment color.
3540 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7 _
\ba_
\br_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bc_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bo_
\br
3546 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, an arrow (``->'') will be used to indicate the current entry in menus
3547 instead of highlighting the whole line. On slow network or modem links this
3548 will make response faster because there is less that has to be redrawn on the
3549 screen when moving to the next or previous entries in the menu.
3551 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bc_
\bi_
\bi_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
3557 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread and
3558 attachment trees, instead of the default ACS characters.
3560 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 67
3562 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bu_
\bp
3570 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for the Followup-To: header field before edit-
3571 ing the body of an outgoing news article.
3573 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bx_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
3581 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for the X-Comment-To: header field before edit-
3582 ing the body of an outgoing news article.
3584 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bb_
\bc_
\bc
3590 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients before
3591 editing an outgoing message.
3593 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bc_
\bc
3599 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before editing
3600 the body of an outgoing message.
3602 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3608 This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for mes-
3609 sages without character encoding indication. Header field values and message
3610 body content without character encoding indication would be assumed that they
3611 are written in one of this list. By default, all the header fields and message
3612 body without any charset indication are assumed to be in us-ascii.
3614 For example, Japanese users might prefer this:
3616 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 68
3618 set assumed_charset='iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8'
3620 However, only the first content is valid for the message body. This variable
3621 is valid only if _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.301 , page 139) is unset.
3623 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3627 Default: '%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] '
3629 This variable describes the format of the ``attachment'' menu. The following
3630 printf(3)-style sequences are understood:
3636 requires charset conversion (n or c)
3645 MIME Content-Transfer-Encoding: header field
3651 MIME Content-Disposition: header field (I=inline, A=attachment)
3669 graphic tree characters
3671 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 69
3674 unlink (=to delete) flag
3677 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
3680 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
3682 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
3688 The separator to add between attachments when operating (saving, printing, pip-
3689 ing, etc) on a list of tagged attachments.
3691 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
3697 If this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when operating (saving, printing, piping, etc) on a
3698 list of tagged attachments, Mutt-ng will concatenate the attachments and will
3699 operate on them as a single attachment. The ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp (section 6.3.15 ,
3700 page 68)'' separator is added after each attachment. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will
3701 operate on the attachments one by one.
3703 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3707 Default: 'On %d, %n wrote:'
3709 This is the string that will precede a message which has been included in a
3710 reply. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the section
3711 on ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)''.
3713 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8 _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bt_
\ba_
\bg
3719 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, functions in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu which affect a message will be applied to
3720 all tagged messages (if there are any). When unset, you must first use the
3721 ``tag-prefix'' function (default: ';') to make the next function apply to all
3724 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9 _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt
3728 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 70
3732 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt along with ``_
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.56 , page 77)'', Mutt-ng will
3733 skip the initial send-menu and allow you to immediately begin editing the body
3734 of your message. The send-menu may still be accessed once you have finished
3735 editing the body of your message.
3737 Also see ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 6.3.61 , page 78)''.
3739 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0 _
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp
3745 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will beep when an error occurs.
3747 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1 _
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw
3753 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will beep whenever it prints a message noti-
3754 fying you of new mail. This is independent of the setting of the ``_
\b$_
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp (sec-
3755 tion 6.3.20 , page 69)'' variable.
3757 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
3763 Controls whether you will be asked to confirm bouncing messages. If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs
3764 you don't get asked if you want to bounce a message. Setting this variable to
3765 _
\bn_
\bo is not generally useful, and thus not recommended, because you are unable to
3768 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bd
3774 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will include Delivered-To: header fields
3775 when bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this variable.
3777 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4 _
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp
3785 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 71
3787 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will mark all articles in a newsgroup as read
3788 when you leaving it.
3790 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5 _
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
3794 Default: '~/.mutt_certificates'
3796 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
3798 This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust are saved.
3799 When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked if you accept it or
3800 not. If you accept it, the certificate can also be saved in this file and fur-
3801 ther connections are automatically accepted.
3803 You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server certificate
3804 that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also automatically
3807 Example: set certificate_file=~/.muttng/certificates
3809 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6 _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3815 Character set your terminal uses to display and enter textual data.
3817 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7 _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw
3823 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this option only affects _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br and _
\bM_
\bH style mailboxes.
3825 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will check for new mail delivered while the mailbox is open.
3826 Especially with MH mailboxes, this operation can take quite some time since it
3827 involves scanning the directory and checking each file to see if it has already
3828 been looked at. If it's _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no check for new mail is performed while the
3831 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
3837 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not collapse a thread if it contains any unread mes-
3840 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 72
3842 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3846 Default: '-- Mutt-ng: Compose [Approx. msg size: %l Atts: %a]%>-'
3848 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the ``compose'' menu. This
3849 string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.299 , page 137)'', but has
3850 its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
3853 total number of attachments
3859 approximate size (in bytes) of the current message
3862 Mutt-ng version string
3864 See the text describing the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.299 , page 137)''
3865 option for more information on how to set ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.29 ,
3868 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3874 When defined, Mutt-ng will recode commands in rc files from this encoding.
3876 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
3882 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when appending messages to an
3885 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bm_
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
3891 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to a mail-
3892 box which does not yet exist before creating it.
3894 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
3896 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 73
3902 Causes Mutt-ng to timeout a network connection (for IMAP or POP) after this
3903 many seconds if the connection is not able to be established. A negative value
3904 causes Mutt-ng to wait indefinitely for the connection to succeed.
3906 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b4 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3910 Default: 'text/plain'
3912 Sets the default Content-Type: header field for the body of newly composed mes-
3915 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b5 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bp_
\by
3921 This variable controls whether or not copies of your outgoing messages will be
3922 saved for later references. Also see ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.223 , page
3923 119)'', ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.234 , page 122)'', ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
3924 6.3.70 , page 81)'' and ``_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27)''.
3926 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b6 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
3932 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to PGP encrypt out-
3933 going messages. This is probably only useful in connection to the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk
3934 command. It can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when encryption is not
3935 required or signing is requested as well. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section
3936 6.3.273 , page 130)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, then OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME
3937 messages and settings can be overridden by use of the _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto
3940 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b7 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp
3946 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng may automatically enable PGP
3947 encryption/signing for messages. See also ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3948 6.3.36 , page 73)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section 6.3.40 , page 74)'',
3949 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.38 , page 73)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section
3950 6.3.41 , page 74)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.273 , page 130)''.
3952 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 74
3954 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b8 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
3960 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to cryptographically
3961 sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when
3962 signing is not required or encryption is requested as well. If
3963 ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.273 , page 130)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, then OpenSSL is
3964 used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can be overridden by use of
3965 the _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto only)
3967 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b9 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
3973 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng may automatically enable S/MIME
3974 encryption/signing for messages. See also ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3975 6.3.36 , page 73)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section 6.3.40 , page 74)'',
3976 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.38 , page 73)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section
3977 6.3.41 , page 74)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.273 , page 130)''.
3979 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b0 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
3985 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which are
3986 encrypted. (Crypto only)
3988 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b1 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
3994 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are signed.
3996 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this does not work on messages that are encrypted a
\ban
\bnd
\bd signed! (Crypto
3999 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b2 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
4005 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are
4006 encrypted. This makes sense in combination with ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
4007 6.3.40 , page 74)'', because it allows you to sign all messages which are
4009 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 75
4011 automatically encrypted. This works around the problem noted in
4012 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.41 , page 74)'', that Mutt-ng is not able to
4013 find out whether an encrypted message is also signed. (Crypto only)
4015 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b3 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp
4021 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding PGP or
4022 S/MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult. If you are using col-
4023 ors to mark these lines, and rely on these, you may _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this setting.
4026 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b4 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\bp_
\bg_
\bm_
\be
4032 This variable controls the use the GPGME enabled crypto backends. If it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt
4033 and Mutt-ng was build with gpgme support, the gpgme code for S/MIME and PGP
4034 will be used instead of the classic code.
4036 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be: You need to use this option in your .muttngrc configuration file as it
4037 won't have any effect when used interactively.
4039 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b5 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg
4045 If ``_
\by_
\be_
\bs'', always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures. If ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk'', ask
4046 whether or not to verify the signature. If ``_
\bn_
\bo'', never attempt to verify
4047 cryptographic signatures. (Crypto only)
4049 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b6 _
\bd_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4053 Default: '!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z'
4055 This variable controls the format of the date printed by the ``%d'' sequence in
4056 ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)''. This is passed to strftime(3)
4057 to process the date.
4059 Unless the first character in the string is a bang (``!''), the month and week
4060 day names are expanded according to the locale specified in the variable
4061 ``_
\b$_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.117 , page 94)''. If the first character in the string
4062 is a bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in the rest
4063 of the string are expanded in the _
\bC locale (that is in US English).
4065 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 76
4067 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b7 _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk
4071 Default: '~f %s !~P | (~P ~C %s)'
4073 This variable controls how send-hooks, message-hooks, save-hooks, and fcc-hooks
4074 will be interpreted if they are specified with only a simple regexp, instead of
4075 a matching pattern. The hooks are expanded when they are declared, so a hook
4076 will be interpreted according to the value of this variable at the time the
4077 hook is declared. The default value matches if the message is either from a
4078 user matching the regular expression given, or if it is from you (if the from
4079 address matches ``alternates'') and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the given
4082 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b8 _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
4088 Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or synchroniz-
4089 ing a mailbox. If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, messages marked for deleting will automatically
4090 be purged without prompting. If set to _
\bn_
\bo, messages marked for deletion will
4091 be kept in the mailbox.
4093 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b9 _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bg
4099 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will untag messages when marking them for dele-
4100 tion. This applies when you either explicitly delete a message, or when you
4101 save it to another folder.
4103 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b0 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be
4109 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng's received-attachments menu will not show the
4110 subparts of individual messages in a multipart/digest. To see these subparts,
4111 press 'v' on that menu.
4113 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b1 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\ba_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br
4119 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, specifies a command used to filter messages. When a message is
4120 viewed it is passed as standard input to _
\b$_
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\ba_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.51 ,
4122 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 77
4124 page 76), and the filtered message is read from the standard output.
4126 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b2 _
\bd_
\bo_
\bt_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm
4130 Default: '/opt/freebsd4/mutt-ng/bin/muttng_dotlock'
4132 Availability: Standalone and Dotlock
4134 Contains the path of the muttng_dotlock(1) binary to be used by Mutt-ng.
4136 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b3 _
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\by
4142 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x or
4145 This variable sets the request for when notification is returned. The string
4146 consists of a comma separated list (no spaces!) of one or more of the follow-
4147 ing: _
\bn_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br, to never request notification, _
\bf_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bu_
\br_
\be, to request notification on
4148 transmission failure, _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\by, to be notified of message delays, _
\bs_
\bu_
\bc_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, to be
4149 notified of successful transmission.
4151 Example: set dsn_notify='failure,delay'
4153 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b4 _
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn
4159 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x or
4162 This variable controls how much of your message is returned in DSN messages.
4163 It may be set to either _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\bs to return just the message header, or _
\bf_
\bu_
\bl_
\bl to
4164 return the full message.
4166 Example: set dsn_return=hdrs
4168 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b5 _
\bd_
\bu_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
4174 This variable controls whether Mutt-ng, when sorting by threads, threads mes-
4175 sages with the same Message-Id: header field together. If it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will
4176 indicate that it thinks they are duplicates of each other with an equals sign
4177 in the thread diagram.
4179 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 78
4181 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b6 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
4187 This option allows you to edit the header of your outgoing messages along with
4188 the body of your message.
4190 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b7 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
4196 This variable specifies which editor is used by Mutt-ng. It defaults to the
4197 value of the $VISUAL, or $EDITOR, environment variable, or to the string 'vi'
4198 if neither of those are set.
4200 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b8 _
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4206 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will quoted-printable encode messages when they contain the
4207 string ``From '' (note the trailing space) in the beginning of a line. Useful
4208 to avoid the tampering certain mail delivery and transport agents tend to do
4211 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b9 _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\be_
\bl_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4217 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try to derive the message's _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\be_
\bl_
\bo_
\bp_
\be sender from the
4218 ``From:'' header field. Note that this information is passed to the sendmail
4219 command using the ``-f' command line switch, so don't set this option if you
4220 are using that switch in _
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.241 , page 123) yourself, or
4221 if the sendmail on your machine doesn't support that command line switch.
4223 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b0 _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be
4229 Escape character to use for functions in the builtin editor.
4231 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b1 _
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by
4235 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 79
4239 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped when reply-
4240 ing to messages, and the initial prompt for subject is skipped when forwarding
4243 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this variable has no effect when the ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt (section 6.3.19 , page
4244 69)'' variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt.
4246 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b2 _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b__
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh
4252 This variable controls whether or not attachments on outgoing messages are
4253 saved along with the main body of your message.
4255 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b3 _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\br
4261 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and unsigned, even
4262 when the actual message is encrypted and/or signed. (PGP only)
4264 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b4 _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
4270 This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for text
4271 file attatchments. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, _
\b$_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 6.3.26 , page 71) value will
4272 be used instead. For example, the following configuration would work for
4273 Japanese text handling:
4275 set file_charset='iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8'
4277 Note: ``iso-2022-*'' must be put at the head of the value as shown above if
4280 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b5 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br
4286 Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A ``+'' or ``='' at the
4287 beginning of a pathname will be expanded to the value of this variable. Note
4288 that if you change this variable from the default value you need to make sure
4289 that the assignment occurs _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be you use ``+'' or ``='' for any other vari-
4290 ables since expansion takes place during the ``set'' command.
4292 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 80
4294 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b6 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4298 Default: '%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %f'
4300 This variable allows you to customize the file browser display to your personal
4301 taste. This string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page
4302 91)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
4308 date/time folder was last modified
4317 group name (or numeric gid, if missing)
4320 number of hard links
4323 N if folder has new mail, blank otherwise
4329 * if the file is tagged, blank otherwise
4332 owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)
4335 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
4338 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
4340 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b7 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4346 Controls whether or not the Mail-Followup-To: header field is generated when
4347 sending mail. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate this field when you are replying
4349 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 81
4351 to a known mailing list, specified with the ``subscribe'' or ``_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section
4352 3.10 , page 24)'' commands or detected by common mailing list headers.
4354 This field has two purposes. First, preventing you from receiving duplicate
4355 copies of replies to messages which you send to mailing lists. Second, ensuring
4356 that you do get a reply separately for any messages sent to known lists to
4357 which you are not subscribed. The header will contain only the list's address
4358 for subscribed lists, and both the list address and your own email address for
4359 unsubscribed lists. Without this header, a group reply to your message sent to
4360 a subscribed list will be sent to both the list and your address, resulting in
4361 two copies of the same email for you.
4363 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b8 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br
4371 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and the keyword 'poster' is present in the Followup-To:
4372 header field, a follow-up to the newsgroup is not permitted. The message will
4373 be mailed to the submitter of the message via mail.
4375 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b9 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
4381 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it causes Mutt-ng to check for new mail when the _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b-_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt command
4382 is invoked. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt will just list all mailboxes which are
4383 already known to have new mail.
4385 Also see the following variables: ``_
\b$_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt (section 6.3.311 , page 141)'',
4386 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.118 , page 94)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section
4387 6.3.101 , page 88)''.
4389 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b0 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
4395 This variable is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.234 , page 122)'',
4396 except that Mutt-ng will store a copy of your outgoing message by the username
4397 of the address you are sending to even if that mailbox does not exist.
4399 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.223 , page 119)'' variable.
4401 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b1 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
4405 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 82
4409 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
4410 a message. The message header is also RFC2047 decoded. This variable is only
4411 used, if ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, otherwise
4412 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.140 , page 99)'' is used instead.
4414 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b2 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
4420 Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message. When
4421 _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This variable is only used
4422 if ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
4423 _
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.140 , page 99)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. (PGP only)
4425 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b3 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt
4431 This quadoption controls whether or not the user is automatically placed in the
4432 editor when forwarding messages. For those who always want to forward with no
4433 modification, use a setting of _
\bn_
\bo.
4435 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b4 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4441 This variable controls the default subject when forwarding a message. It uses
4442 the same format sequences as the ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)''
4445 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b5 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be
4451 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt forwarded messages included in the main body of the message (when
4452 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt) will be quoted using
4453 ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.111 , page 90)''.
4455 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b6 _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4457 Type: e-mail address
4461 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 83
4463 This variable contains a default from address. It can be overridden using
4464 my_hdr (including from send-hooks) and ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.229 , page
4465 120)''. This variable is ignored if ``_
\b$_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm (section 6.3.320 , page
4468 E.g. you can use send-hook Mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de 'my_hdr From: Foo Bar
4469 <foo@bar.fb>' when replying to the mutt-ng developer's mailing list and Mutt-ng
4470 takes this email address.
4472 Defaults to the contents of the environment variable $EMAIL.
4474 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b7 _
\bg_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bs_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
4476 Type: regular expression
4480 A regular expression used by Mutt-ng to parse the GECOS field of a password
4481 entry when expanding the alias. By default the regular expression is set to
4482 ``^[^,]*'' which will return the string up to the first ``,'' encountered. If
4483 the GECOS field contains a string like 'lastname, firstname' then you should
4484 do: set gecos_mask='.*'.
4486 This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address a e-mail to
4487 user ID stevef whose full name is Steve Franklin. If Mutt-ng expands stevef to
4488 ``Franklin'' stevef@foo.bar then you should set the gecos_mask to a regular
4489 expression that will match the whole name so Mutt-ng will expand ``Franklin''
4490 to ``Franklin, Steve''.
4492 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b8 _
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4496 Default: '%4C %M%N %5s %-45.45f %d'
4500 This variable allows you to customize the newsgroup browser display to your
4501 personal taste. This string is similar to ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 ,
4502 page 91)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
4504 %C current newsgroup number
4505 %d description of newsgroup (retrieved from server)
4507 %M ``-'' if newsgroup not allowed for direct post (moderated for example)
4508 %N ``N'' if newsgroup is new, ``u'' if unsubscribed, blank otherwise
4509 %n number of new articles in newsgroup
4510 %s number of unread articles in newsgroup
4511 %>X right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
4512 %|X pad to the end of the line with character "X"
4514 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 84
4516 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b9 _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\bs
4522 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the header fields normally added by the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 ,
4523 page 25)'' command are not created. This variable _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt be _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt before compos-
4524 ing a new message or replying in order to take effect. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the user
4525 defined header fields are added to every new message.
4527 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b0 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br
4533 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable causes Mutt-ng to include the header of the message you
4534 are replying to into the edit buffer. The ``_
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.326 , page
4535 144)'' setting applies.
4537 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b1 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be
4543 Availability: Header Cache
4545 The _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.81 , page 84) variable points to the header
4548 If _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.81 , page 84) points to a directory it will con-
4549 tain a header cache database per folder. If _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.81 ,
4550 page 84) points to a file that file will be a single global header cache. By
4551 default it is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and so no header caching will be done.
4553 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b2 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bi_
\bz_
\be
4559 Availability: Header Cache
4561 Change the maildir header cache database page size.
4563 Too large or too small of a page size for the common header can waste space,
4564 memory effectiveness, or CPU time. The default should be more or less the best
4565 you can get. For details google after Mutt-ng maildir header cache (first hit).
4567 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b3 _
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bp
4571 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 85
4575 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions provided
4576 by each menu are displayed on the first line of the screen.
4578 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The binding will not be displayed correctly if the function is bound to a
4579 sequence rather than a single keystroke. Also, the help line may not be
4580 updated if a binding is changed while Mutt-ng is running. Since this variable
4581 is primarily aimed at new users, neither of these should present a major prob-
4584 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b4 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
4590 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will skip the host name part of ``_
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
4591 6.3.92 , page 86)'' variable when adding the domain part to addresses. This
4592 variable does not affect the generation of Message-ID: header fields, and it
4593 will not lead to the cut-off of first-level domains.
4595 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b5 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
4601 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
4602 limiting, in the thread tree.
4604 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b6 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4610 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages in the thread
4613 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b7 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
4619 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the subject of messages in the thread tree that
4620 have the same subject as their parent or closest previously displayed sibling.
4622 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b8 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
4628 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 86
4630 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
4631 limiting, at the top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when _
\b$_
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\b-
4632 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.86 , page 85) is set, this option will have no effect.
4634 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b9 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4640 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages at the top of
4641 threads in the thread tree. Note that when _
\b$_
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.85 ,
4642 page 85) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this option will have no effect.
4644 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b0 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
4650 This variable controls the size (in number of strings remembered) of the string
4651 history buffer. The buffer is cleared each time the variable is changed.
4653 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b1 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4659 This variable controls whether or not a Mail-Followup-To: header field is hon-
4660 ored when group-replying to a message.
4662 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b2 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
4668 Specifies the hostname to use after the ``@'' in local e-mail addresses. This
4669 overrides the compile time definition obtained from /etc/resolv.conf.
4671 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b3 _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4677 Affects the behaviour of the _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function when replying to messages from
4678 mailing lists. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, if the ``Reply-To:'' header field is set to the same
4679 value as the ``To:'' header field, Mutt-ng assumes that the ``Reply-To:''
4680 header field was set by the mailing list to automate responses to the list, and
4681 will ignore this field. To direct a response to the mailing list when this
4682 option is set, use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function; _
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by will reply to both the
4683 sender and the list.
4685 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 87
4687 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b4 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs
4695 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods Mutt-ng may attempt to
4696 use to log in to an IMAP server, in the order Mutt-ng should try them. Authen-
4697 tication methods are either ``login'' or the right side of an IMAP ``AUTH=''
4698 capability string, e.g. ``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''. This param-
4699 eter is case-insensitive.
4701 If this parameter is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default) Mutt-ng will try all available meth-
4702 ods, in order from most-secure to least-secure.
4704 Example: set imap_authenticators='gssapi:cram-md5:login'
4706 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt-ng will only fall back to other authentication methods if the previ-
4707 ous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication fails,
4708 Mutt-ng will not connect to the IMAP server.
4710 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b5 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
4718 This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat as folder
4719 separators for displaying IMAP paths. In particular it helps in using the '='
4720 shortcut for your _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.65 , page 79) variable.
4722 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b6 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bs_
\bl
4728 Availability: IMAP and SSL or IMAP and GNUTLS
4730 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will always use SSL when connecting to IMAP
4733 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b7 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
4741 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 88
4743 Mutt-ng requests these header fields in addition to the default headers (``DATE
4744 FROM SUBJECT TO CC MESSAGE-ID REFERENCES CONTENT-TYPE CONTENT-DESCRIPTION IN-
4745 REPLY-TO REPLY-TO LINES X-LABEL'') from IMAP servers before displaying the
4746 ``index'' menu. You may want to add more headers for spam detection.
4748 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This is a space separated list.
4750 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b8 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\be
4758 You normally want to see your personal folders alongside your INBOX in the IMAP
4759 browser. If you see something else, you may set this variable to the IMAP path
4762 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b9 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
4770 This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that Mutt-ng will
4771 wait before polling open IMAP connections, to prevent the server from closing
4772 them before Mutt-ng has finished with them.
4774 The default is well within the RFC-specified minimum amount of time (30 min-
4775 utes) before a server is allowed to do this, but in practice the RFC does get
4776 violated every now and then.
4778 Reduce this number if you find yourself getting disconnected from your IMAP
4779 server due to inactivity.
4781 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
4789 This variable configures whether IMAP folder browsing will look for only sub-
4790 scribed folders or all folders. This can be toggled in the IMAP browser with
4791 the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd function.
4793 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
4797 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 89
4801 This variable configures how often (in seconds) Mutt-ng should look for new
4802 mail in IMAP folders. This is split from the ``_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.118 ,
4803 page 94)'' variable to generate less traffic and get more accurate information
4806 It defaults to the default value of ``_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.118 , page 94)''
4807 which is 5 seconds. But you may want to increase it.
4809 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
4817 Specifies the password for your IMAP account. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt
4818 you for your password when you invoke the fetch-mail function.
4820 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure
4821 machine, because the superuser can read your configuration even if you are the
4822 only one who can read the file.
4824 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
4832 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not open new IMAP connections to check for new mail.
4833 Mutt-ng will only check for new mail over existing IMAP connections. This is
4834 useful if you don't want to be prompted to user/password pairs on Mutt-ng invo-
4835 cation, or if opening the connection is slow.
4837 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\be_
\be_
\bk
4845 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will avoid implicitly marking your mail as read whenever you
4846 fetch a message from the server. This is generally a good thing, but can make
4847 closing an IMAP folder somewhat slower. This option exists to appease speed
4850 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
4854 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 90
4860 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to IMAP server when the
4863 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bo_
\bi_
\bs_
\be
4871 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will display warning messages from the IMAP server as error
4872 messages. Since these messages are often harmless, or generated due to configu-
4873 ration problems on the server which are out of the users' hands, you may wish
4874 to suppress them at some point.
4876 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
4884 Your login name on the IMAP server.
4886 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
4888 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw
4894 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will look for a mailcap entry with the ``copiousoutput'' flag
4895 set for _
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by MIME attachment it doesn't have an internal viewer defined for.
4896 If such an entry is found, Mutt-ng will use the viewer defined in that entry to
4897 convert the body part to text form.
4899 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc_
\bl_
\bu_
\bd_
\be
4905 Controls whether or not a copy of the message(s) you are replying to is
4906 included in your reply.
4908 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc_
\bl_
\bu_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt
4910 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 91
4916 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng includes only the first attachment of the mes-
4917 sage you are replying.
4919 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4925 Specifies the string to prepend to each line of text quoted in a message to
4926 which you are replying. You are strongly encouraged not to change this value,
4927 as it tends to agitate the more fanatical netizens.
4929 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4933 Default: '%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s'
4935 This variable allows you to customize the message index display to your per-
4938 ``Format strings'' are similar to the strings used in the ``C'' function
4939 printf(3) to format output (see the man page for more detail). The following
4940 sequences are defined in Mutt-ng:
4943 address of the author
4946 reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)
4949 filename of the original message folder (think mailBox)
4952 the list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name
4956 number of characters (bytes) in the message
4959 current message number
4962 date and time of the message in the format specified by ``date_for-
4963 mat'' converted to sender's time zone
4965 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 92
4968 date and time of the message in the format specified by ``date_for-
4969 mat'' converted to the local time zone
4972 current message number in thread
4975 number of messages in current thread
4978 entire From: line (address + real name)
4981 author name, or recipient name if the message is from you
4984 spam attribute(s) of this message
4987 newsgroup name (if compiled with nntp support)
4990 message-id of the current message
4993 number of lines in the message (does not work with maildir, mh, and
4994 possibly IMAP folders)
4997 If an address in the To or CC header field matches an address
4998 defined by the users ``subscribe'' command, this displays 'To
4999 <list-name>', otherwise the same as %F.
5002 total number of message in the mailbox
5005 number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
5011 author's real name (or address if missing)
5014 (_O_riginal save folder) Where Mutt-ng would formerly have stashed
5015 the message: list name or recipient name if no list
5018 subject of the message
5020 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 93
5023 status of the message (N/D/d/!/r/*)
5026 `to:' field (recipients)
5029 the appropriate character from the _
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.313 ,
5033 user (login) name of the author
5036 first name of the author, or the recipient if the message is from
5040 name of organization of author (`organization:' field)
5043 `x-label:' field, if present
5046 `x-label' field, if present, and (1) not at part of a thread tree,
5047 (2) at the top of a thread, or (3) `x-label' is different from pre-
5048 ceding message's `x-label'.
5051 message status flags
5054 the date and time of the message is converted to sender's time
5055 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
5056 a leading bang disables locales
5059 the date and time of the message is converted to the local time
5060 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
5061 a leading bang disables locales
5064 the local date and time when the message was received. ``fmt'' is
5065 expanded by the library function ``strftime''; a leading bang dis-
5069 the current local time. ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
5070 ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales.
5073 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
5075 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 94
5078 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
5080 See also: ``_
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.313 , page 141)''.
5082 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs
5090 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, specifies the program and arguments used to deliver news posted by
5091 Mutt-ng. Otherwise, Mutt-ng posts article using current connection. The fol-
5092 lowing printf(3)-style sequence is understood:
5096 Example: set inews='/usr/local/bin/inews -hS'
5098 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\be_
\bl_
\bl
5104 How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell-checking software).
5106 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bk_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bg_
\be_
\bd
5112 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved from your spool mail-
5113 box to your ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.127 , page 96)'' mailbox, or as a result of a
5114 ``_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)'' command.
5116 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by
5122 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, address replies to the mailing list the original message came from
5123 (instead to the author only). Setting this option to ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs'' or ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo''
5124 will ask if you really intended to reply to the author only.
5126 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be
5130 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 95
5134 The locale used by strftime(3) to format dates. Legal values are the strings
5135 your system accepts for the locale variable LC_TIME.
5137 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
5143 This variable configures how often (in seconds) Mutt-ng should look for new
5146 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This does not apply to IMAP mailboxes, see _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section
5149 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh
5155 This variable specifies which files to consult when attempting to display MIME
5156 bodies not directly supported by Mutt-ng.
5158 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bz_
\be
5164 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will restrict possible characters in mailcap % expandos to a
5165 well-defined set of safe characters. This is the safe setting, but we are not
5166 sure it doesn't break some more advanced MIME stuff.
5168 D
\bDO
\bON
\bN'
\b'T
\bT C
\bCH
\bHA
\bAN
\bNG
\bGE
\bE T
\bTH
\bHI
\bIS
\bS S
\bSE
\bET
\bTT
\bTI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG U
\bUN
\bNL
\bLE
\bES
\bSS
\bS Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE R
\bRE
\bEA
\bAL
\bLL
\bLY
\bY S
\bSU
\bUR
\bRE
\bE W
\bWH
\bHA
\bAT
\bT Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE D
\bDO
\bOI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG!
\b!
5170 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by
5176 Availability: Header Cache
5178 Check for Maildir unaware programs other than Mutt-ng having modified maildir
5179 files when the header cache is in use. This incurs one stat(2) per message
5180 every time the folder is opened.
5182 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh
5186 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 96
5190 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir (T)rashed
5191 flag instead of physically deleted.
5193 N
\bNO
\bOT
\bTE
\bE:
\b: this only applies to maildir-style mailboxes. Setting it will have no
5194 effect on other mailbox types.
5196 It is similiar to the trash option.
5198 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\b__
\bo_
\bl_
\bd
5204 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng marks _
\bn_
\be_
\bw u
\bun
\bnr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd messages as _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd if you exit a
5205 mailbox without reading them.
5207 With this option _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the next time you start Mutt-ng, the messages will show
5208 up with an 'O' next to them in the ``index'' menu, indicating that they are
5211 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b4 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs
5217 Controls the display of wrapped lines in the internal pager. If set, a ``+''
5218 marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines. Also see the
5219 ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp (section 6.3.259 , page 127)'' variable.
5221 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b5 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
5223 Type: regular expression
5227 A regular expression used in the file browser, optionally preceded by the _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt
5228 operator ``!''. Only files whose names match this mask will be shown. The
5229 match is always case-sensitive.
5231 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b6 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\bg_
\bt_
\bh
5237 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the maximum line length for displaying ``format = flowed'' messages
5238 is limited to this length. A value of 0 (which is also the default) means that
5239 the maximum line length is determined by the terminal width and _
\b$_
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn
5240 (section 6.3.328 , page 145).
5242 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 97
5244 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b7 _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
5250 This specifies the folder into which read mail in your ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section
5251 6.3.291 , page 135)'' folder will be appended.
5253 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b8 _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
5259 The default mailbox type used when creating new folders. May be any of mbox,
5260 MMDF, MH and Maildir.
5262 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b9 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5268 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when
5269 scrolling through menus. (Similar to ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt (section 6.3.159 , page
5272 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b0 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\bf_
\bf
5278 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the bottom entry of menus will never scroll up past the bottom of
5279 the screen, unless there are less entries than lines. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the bottom
5280 entry may move off the bottom.
5282 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b1 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl
5288 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, menus will be scrolled up or down one line when you attempt to move
5289 across a screen boundary. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the screen is cleared and the next or pre-
5290 vious page of the menu is displayed (useful for slow links to avoid many
5293 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b2 _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5299 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 98
5301 This is the string displayed in the ``attachment'' menu for attachments of type
5302 message/rfc822. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the
5303 section on ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)''.
5305 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b3 _
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\ba_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
5311 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, forces Mutt-ng to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit 8) set as
5312 if the user had pressed the ESC key and whatever key remains after having the
5313 high bit removed. For example, if the key pressed has an ASCII value of 0xf4,
5314 then this is treated as if the user had pressed ESC then ``x''. This is
5315 because the result of removing the high bit from ``0xf4'' is ``0x74'', which is
5316 the ASCII character ``x''.
5318 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b4 _
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\bo_
\bo
5324 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will remove your address (see the ``alternates'' command)
5325 from the list of recipients when replying to a message.
5327 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b5 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\bu_
\br_
\bg_
\be
5333 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will mimic mh's behaviour and rename deleted messages to
5334 _
\b,_
\b<_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> in mh folders instead of really deleting them. If the vari-
5335 able is set, the message files will simply be deleted.
5337 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b6 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bg_
\be_
\bd
5343 The name of the MH sequence used for flagged messages.
5345 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b7 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bd
5351 The name of the MH sequence used to tag replied messages.
5353 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b8 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\be_
\bn
5355 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 99
5361 The name of the MH sequence used for unseen messages.
5363 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b9 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd
5369 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a separate MIME
5370 part instead of included in the main body of the message.
5372 This is useful for forwarding MIME messages so the receiver can properly view
5373 the message as it was delivered to you. If you like to switch between MIME and
5374 not MIME from mail to mail, set this variable to ask-no or ask-yes.
5376 Also see ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.71 , page 81)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
5377 _
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.140 , page 99)''.
5379 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b0 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
5385 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
5386 a message while ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.139 , page 98)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. Other-
5387 wise ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.71 , page 81)'' is used instead.
5389 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b1 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bt
5395 When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the recvattach
5396 menu, attachments which cannot be decoded in a reasonable manner will be
5397 attached to the newly composed message if this option is set.
5399 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b2 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
5407 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, an 8-bit ``Subject:'' header field in a news article will not be
5408 encoded according to RFC2047.
5410 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Only change this setting if you know what you are doing.
5412 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 100
5414 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b3 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5418 Default: '%4n %c %-16s %a'
5420 Availability: Mixmaster
5422 This variable describes the format of a remailer line on the mixmaster chain
5423 selection screen. The following printf(3)-like sequences are supported:
5426 The running number on the menu.
5429 Remailer capabilities.
5432 The remailer's short name.
5435 The remailer's e-mail address.
5437 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b4 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br
5441 Default: 'mixmaster'
5443 Availability: Mixmaster
5445 This variable contains the path to the Mixmaster binary on your system. It is
5446 used with various sets of parameters to gather the list of known remailers, and
5447 to finally send a message through the mixmaster chain.
5449 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b5 _
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\be
5455 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will move read messages from your spool mailbox
5456 to your ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.127 , page 96)'' mailbox, or as a result of a
5457 ``_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)'' command.
5459 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b6 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bi_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5463 Default: '%Y%m%d%h%M%s.G%P%p'
5465 This is the format for the ``local part'' of the Message-Id: header field gen-
5466 erated by Mutt-ng. The format string contains of one or more characters. The
5467 '%' character marks that certain data will be added to the string, similar to
5469 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 101
5471 printf(3). The following characters are allowed:
5474 the current day of month
5486 the current UNIX timestamp (octal)
5492 the current Message-ID prefix (a character rotating with every Mes-
5493 sage-ID being generated)
5496 a random integer value (decimal)
5499 a random integer value (hexadecimal)
5505 the current UNIX timestamp (decimal)
5508 the current UNIX timestamp (hexadecimal)
5511 the current year (Y2K compliant)
5516 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Please only change this setting if you know what you are doing. Also
5517 make sure to consult RFC2822 to produce technically _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bd strings.
5519 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b7 _
\bn_
\ba_
\br_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\be_
\be
5525 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 102
5527 This variable, when _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing deeper
5528 threads to fit on the screen.
5530 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b8 _
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bi_
\br
5534 Default: '~/.muttng'
5538 This variable points to directory where Mutt-ng will cache news article head-
5539 ers. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, headers will not be saved at all and will be reloaded each time
5540 when you enter a newsgroup.
5542 As for the header caching in connection with IMAP and/or Maildir, this drasti-
5543 cally increases speed and lowers traffic.
5545 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b9 _
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\be_
\br
5553 This variable specifies the name (or address) of the NNTP server to be used.
5555 It defaults to the value specified via the environment variable $NNTPSERVER or
5556 contained in the file /etc/nntpserver.
5558 You can also specify a username and an alternative port for each newsserver,
5561 [nntp[s]://][username[:password]@]newsserver[:port]
5563 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Using a password as shown and stored in a configuration file presents a
5564 security risk since the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the
5567 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b0 _
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\br_
\bc
5571 Default: '~/.newsrc'
5575 This file contains information about subscribed newsgroup and articles read so
5578 To ease the use of multiple news servers, the following printf(3)-style
5579 sequence is understood:
5581 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 103
5585 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b1 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5593 This variable controls how many news articles to cache per newsgroup (if
5594 caching is enabled, see _
\b$_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bi_
\br (section 6.3.148 , page 101)) and how
5595 many news articles to show in the ``index'' menu.
5597 If there're more articles than defined with _
\b$_
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt (section 6.3.151 ,
5598 page 102), all older ones will be removed/not shown in the index.
5600 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b2 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
5608 This variable controls whether or not descriptions for newsgroups are to be
5609 loaded when subscribing to a newsgroup.
5611 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b3 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
5619 Your password for NNTP account.
5621 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
5622 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
5624 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b4 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl
5632 The time in seconds until any operations on a newsgroup except posting a new
5633 article will cause a recheck for new news. If set to 0, Mutt-ng will recheck on
5634 each operation in index (stepping, read article, etc.).
5636 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 104
5638 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b5 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
5646 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to a newsserver when the
5647 was connection lost.
5649 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b6 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
5657 Your login name on the NNTP server. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and the server requires authen-
5658 tification, Mutt-ng will prompt you for your account name.
5660 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b7 _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bs_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm
5666 This specifies the operating system name for the User-Agent: header field. If
5667 this is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will be set to the operating system name that uname(2)
5668 returns. If uname(2) fails, ``UNIX'' will be used.
5670 It may, for example, look as: ``mutt-ng 1.5.9i (Linux)''.
5672 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b8 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
5678 This variable specifies which pager you would like to use to view messages.
5679 ``builtin'' means to use the builtin pager, otherwise this variable should
5680 specify the pathname of the external pager you would like to use.
5682 Using an external pager may have some disadvantages: Additional keystrokes are
5683 necessary because you can't call Mutt-ng functions directly from the pager, and
5684 screen resizes cause lines longer than the screen width to be badly formatted
5687 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b9 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5693 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 105
5695 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when dis-
5696 playing the next or previous page in the internal pager. By default, Mutt-ng
5697 will display the line after the last one on the screen at the top of the next
5698 page (0 lines of context).
5700 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b0 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5704 Default: '-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n %s'
5706 This variable controls the format of the one-line message ``status'' displayed
5707 before each message in either the internal or an external pager. The valid
5708 sequences are listed in the ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)'' sec-
5711 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b1 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs
5717 Determines the number of lines of a mini-index which is shown when in the
5718 pager. The current message, unless near the top or bottom of the folder, will
5719 be roughly one third of the way down this mini-index, giving the reader the
5720 context of a few messages before and after the message. This is useful, for
5721 example, to determine how many messages remain to be read in the current
5722 thread. One of the lines is reserved for the status bar from the index, so a
5723 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs of 6 will only show 5 lines of the actual index. A value of
5724 0 results in no index being shown. If the number of messages in the current
5725 folder is less than _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs, then the index will only use as many
5728 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b2 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
5734 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the internal-pager will n
\bno
\bot
\bt move to the next message when you are at
5735 the end of a message and invoke the _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b-_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function.
5737 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
5743 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will automatically attempt to decrypt traditional PGP messages
5744 whenever the user performs an operation which ordinarily would result in the
5745 contents of the message being operated on. For example, if the user displays a
5746 pgp-traditional message which has not been manually checked with the check-tra-
5747 ditional-pgp function, Mutt-ng will automatically check the message for tradi-
5750 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 106
5752 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bi_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
5758 This option controls whether Mutt-ng generates old-style inline (traditional)
5759 PGP encrypted or signed messages under certain circumstances. This can be
5760 overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when inline is not required.
5762 Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
5763 of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to ask before send-
5764 ing PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work. See also:
5765 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.180 , page 109)''.
5767 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
5770 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bt
5776 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when signing or
5777 encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the subprocess failed. (PGP only)
5779 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5785 This format is used to create a old-style ``clearsigned'' PGP message.
5787 Note that the use of this format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd. (PGP only)
5789 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5795 This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode application/pgp
5798 The PGP command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5801 Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty
5802 string otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.
5805 Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
5807 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 107
5810 Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
5811 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
5814 The value of _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.184 , page 110).
5817 One or more key IDs.
5819 For examples on how to configure these formats for the various versions of PGP
5820 which are floating around, see the pgp*.rc and gpg.rc files in the samples/
5821 subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the documenta-
5824 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5830 This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message. (PGP only)
5832 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5838 This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it. (PGP only)
5840 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5846 This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part. (PGP only)
5848 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5852 Default: '%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u'
5854 This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to your per-
5855 sonal taste. This string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page
5856 91)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5864 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 108
5882 trust/validity of the key-uid association
5885 date of the key where <s> is an strftime(3) expression
5889 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5895 This command is used to export a public key from the user's key ring. (PGP
5898 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5904 This command is invoked whenever Mutt-ng will need public key information. %r
5905 is the only printf(3)-like sequence used with this format. (PGP only)
5907 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\bo_
\bo_
\bd_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
5909 Type: regular expression
5913 If you assign a text to this variable, then a PGP signature is only considered
5914 verified if the output from _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.190 , page 112)
5915 contains the text. Use this variable if the exit code from the command is 0
5916 even for bad signatures. (PGP only)
5918 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
5920 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 109
5926 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to ignore OpenPGP subkeys. Instead,
5927 the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities. _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this if you
5928 want to play interesting key selection games. (PGP only)
5930 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5936 This command is used to import a key from a message into the user's public key
5939 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5945 This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The output format
5946 must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
5948 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with Mutt-ng.
5951 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5957 This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The output format
5958 must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
5960 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with Mutt-ng.
5963 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bi_
\bd_
\bs
5969 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, use 64 bit PGP key IDs. _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt uses the normal 32 bit Key IDs. (PGP
5972 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo
5976 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 110
5980 This option controls whether Mutt-ng will prompt you for automatically sending
5981 a (signed/encrypted) message using PGP/MIME when inline (traditional) fails
5984 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
5987 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
5993 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to create an inline
5994 (traditional) message when replying to a message which is PGP encrypted/signed
5995 inline. This can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when inline is not
5996 required. This option does not automatically detect if the (replied-to) mes-
5997 sage is inline; instead it relies on Mutt-ng internals for previously
5998 checked/flagged messages.
6000 Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
6001 of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to ask before send-
6002 ing PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work. See also:
6003 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.180 , page 109)''.
6005 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
6008 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bs
6014 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested multipart/signed
6015 and multipart/encrypted body parts.
6017 This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing lists, where
6018 the outer layer (multipart/encrypted) can be easily removed, while the inner
6019 multipart/signed part is retained. (PGP only)
6021 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bu_
\bs_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be
6027 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection menu.
6028 This includes keys which have been revoked, have expired, or have been marked
6029 as ``disabled'' by the user. (PGP only)
6031 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 111
6033 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs
6039 If you have more than one key pair, this option allows you to specify which of
6040 your private keys to use. It is recommended that you use the keyid form to
6041 specify your key (e.g., ``0x00112233''). (PGP only)
6043 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6049 This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a multi-
6050 part/signed PGP/MIME body part. (PGP only)
6052 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
6058 Specifies how the entries in the ``pgp keys'' menu are sorted. The following
6062 sort alphabetically by user id
6065 sort alphabetically by key id
6068 sort by key creation date
6071 sort by the trust of the key
6073 If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with ``reverse-''.
6076 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc
6082 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as quoted-
6083 printable. Please note that unsetting this variable may lead to problems with
6084 non-verifyable PGP signatures, so only change this if you know what you are
6087 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 112
6089 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
6095 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
6096 Default: 300. (PGP only)
6098 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\bp_
\bg_
\b__
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
6104 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use a possibly-running gpg-agent process. (PGP only)
6106 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6112 This command is used to verify PGP signatures. (PGP only)
6114 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6120 This command is used to verify key information from the key selection menu.
6123 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
6129 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will
6130 pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will weed head-
6131 ers and will attempt to PGP/MIME decode the messages first.
6133 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
6139 The separator to add between messages when piping a list of tagged messages to
6140 an external Unix command.
6142 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 113
6144 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
6150 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command and the ``tag- prefix'' or
6151 ``tag-prefix-cond'' operators. If this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when piping a list
6152 of tagged messages Mutt-ng will concatenate the messages and will pipe them as
6153 a single folder. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will pipe the messages one by one. In both
6154 cases the messages are piped in the current sorted order, and the ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
6155 (section 6.3.193 , page 112)'' separator is added after each message.
6157 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bl
6165 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try all available methods. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will only
6166 fall back to other authentication methods if the previous methods are unavail-
6167 able. If a method is available but authentication fails, Mutt-ng will not con-
6168 nect to the POP server.
6170 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs
6178 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods Mutt-ng may attempt to
6179 use to log in to an POP server, in the order Mutt-ng should try them. Authen-
6180 tication methods are either ``user'', ``apop'' or any SASL mechanism, eg
6181 ``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''.
6183 This parameter is case-insensitive. If this parameter is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default)
6184 Mutt-ng will try all available methods, in order from most-secure to least-
6187 Example: set pop_authenticators='digest-md5:apop:user'
6189 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl
6197 This variable configures how often (in seconds) POP should look for new mail.
6199 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 114
6201 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
6209 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will delete successfully downloaded messages from the POP
6210 server when using the ``fetch-mail'' function. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will down-
6211 load messages but also leave them on the POP server.
6213 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
6221 The name of your POP server for the ``fetch-mail'' function. You can also
6222 specify an alternative port, username and password, i.e.:
6224 [pop[s]://][username[:password]@]popserver[:port]
6226 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
6227 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
6229 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt
6237 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try to use the ``LAST'' POP command for
6238 retrieving only unread messages from the POP server when using the ``fetch-
6241 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
6249 Specifies the password for your POP account. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you
6250 for your password when you open POP mailbox.
6252 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
6253 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
6255 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 115
6257 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
6265 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to a POP server when the
6268 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
6276 Your login name on the POP server.
6278 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
6280 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
6286 Similar to the ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.17 , page 69)'' variable, Mutt-ng
6287 will append this string after the inclusion of a message which is being replied
6290 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
6298 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, Mutt-ng will post articles to newsgroup that have not permis-
6299 sions to post (e.g. moderated).
6301 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if the newsserver does not support posting to that newsgroup or a group
6302 is totally read-only, that posting will not have any effect.
6304 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be
6310 Controls whether or not messages are saved in the ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section
6312 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 116
6314 6.3.207 , page 115)'' mailbox when you elect not to send immediately.
6316 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd
6320 Default: '~/postponed'
6322 Mutt-ng allows you to indefinitely ``_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.206 , page 115)
6323 sending a message'' which you are editing. When you choose to postpone a mes-
6324 sage, Mutt-ng saves it in the mailbox specified by this variable. Also see the
6325 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.206 , page 115)'' variable.
6327 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
6333 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, a shell command to be executed if Mutt-ng fails to establish a connec-
6334 tion to the server. This is useful for setting up secure connections, e.g. with
6335 ssh(1). If the command returns a nonzero status, Mutt-ng gives up opening the
6338 preconnect='ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net sleep 20 <
6339 /dev/null > /dev/null'
6341 Mailbox ``foo'' on mailhost.net can now be reached as ``{localhost:1234}foo''.
6343 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the remote
6344 machine without having to enter a password.
6346 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt
6352 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng really prints messages. This is set to _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo
6353 by default, because some people accidentally hit ``p'' often.
6355 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6361 This specifies the command pipe that should be used to print messages.
6363 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
6369 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 117
6371 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6372 message is decoded before it is passed to the external command specified by
6373 _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.210 , page 116). If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no pro-
6374 cessing will be applied to the message when printing it. The latter setting
6375 may be useful if you are using some advanced printer filter which is able to
6376 properly format e-mail messages for printing.
6378 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
6384 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6385 command specified by _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.210 , page 116) is executed
6386 once for each message which is to be printed. If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6387 command specified by _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.210 , page 116) is executed
6388 only once, and all the messages are concatenated, with a form feed as the mes-
6391 Those who use the enscript(1) program's mail-printing mode will most likely
6392 want to set this option.
6394 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br
6400 If you use an _
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.158 , page 104)'', setting this
6401 variable will cause Mutt-ng to prompt you for a command when the pager exits
6402 rather than returning to the index menu. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will return to the
6403 index menu when the external pager exits.
6405 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6411 This specifies the command that Mutt-ng will use to make external address
6412 queries. The string should contain a %s, which will be substituted with the
6413 query string the user types. See ``_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by (section 4.6 , page 42)'' for more
6416 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bi_
\bt
6422 This variable controls whether ``quit'' and ``exit'' actually quit from Mutt-
6423 ng. If it set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, they do quit, if it is set to _
\bn_
\bo, they have no effect,
6424 and if it is set to _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs or _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo, you are prompted for confirmation when
6426 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 118
6430 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by
6436 Controls whether or not empty lines will be quoted using ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (sec-
6437 tion 6.3.111 , page 90)''.
6439 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
6445 Controls how quoted lines will be quoted. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, one quote character will be
6446 added to the end of existing prefix. Otherwise, quoted lines will be prepended
6447 by ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.111 , page 90)''.
6449 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp
6451 Type: regular expression
6453 Default: '^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+'
6455 A regular expression used in the internal-pager to determine quoted sections of
6456 text in the body of a message.
6458 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: In order to use the _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bdx
\bx patterns in the internal pager, you need to
6459 set this to a regular expression that matches _
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\bl_
\by the quote characters at
6460 the beginning of quoted lines.
6462 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b9 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
6468 If set to a value greater than 0, Mutt-ng will display which message it is cur-
6469 rently on when reading a mailbox. The message is printed after _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc mes-
6470 sages have been read (e.g., if set to 25, Mutt-ng will print a message when it
6471 reads message 25, and then again when it gets to message 50). This variable is
6472 meant to indicate progress when reading large mailboxes which may take some
6473 time. When set to 0, only a single message will appear before the reading the
6476 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (section 6.3.330 , page 145)'' variable.
6478 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b0 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by
6482 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 119
6486 If set, all folders are opened in read-only mode.
6488 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b1 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6494 This variable specifies what ``real'' or ``personal'' name should be used when
6497 By default, this is the GECOS field from /etc/passwd.
6499 _
\bN_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b: This variable will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt be used when the user has set a real name in the
6500 _
\b$_
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm (section 6.3.76 , page 82) variable.
6502 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b2 _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl
6508 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng recalls postponed messages when composing a new
6509 message. Also see ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.207 , page 115)''.
6511 Setting this variable to _
\by_
\be_
\bs is not generally useful, and thus not recommended.
6513 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b3 _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
6519 This specifies the file into which your outgoing messages should be appended.
6520 (This is meant as the primary method for saving a copy of your messages, but
6521 another way to do this is using the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25)'' com-
6522 mand to create a Bcc: header field with your email address in it.)
6524 The value of _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd _
\b(_
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b3 _
\b, _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\b1_
\b1_
\b9_
\b) is overridden by the
6525 ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.70 , page 81)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
6526 6.3.234 , page 122)'' variables, and the ``_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page
6529 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b4 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp
6531 Type: regular expression
6533 Default: '^(re([\[0-9\]+])*|aw):[ \t]*'
6535 A regular expression used to recognize reply messages when threading and reply-
6536 ing. The default value corresponds to the English ``Re:'' and the German
6539 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 120
6541 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b5 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\bf
6547 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and you are replying to a message sent by you, Mutt-ng will assume
6548 that you want to reply to the recipients of that message rather than to your-
6551 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b6 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
6557 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when replying to a message, Mutt-ng will use the address listed in the
6558 ``Reply-To:'' header field as the recipient of the reply. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will
6559 use the address in the ``From:'' header field instead.
6561 This option is useful for reading a mailing list that sets the ``Reply-To:''
6562 header field to the list address and you want to send a private message to the
6563 author of a message.
6565 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b7 _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bo_
\bl_
\bv_
\be
6571 When set, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next (possibly
6572 undeleted) message whenever a command that modifies the current message is exe-
6575 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b8 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
6581 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng will display the ``personal''
6582 name from your aliases in the index menu if it finds an alias that matches the
6583 message's sender. For example, if you have the following alias:
6585 alias juser abd30425@somewhere.net (Joe User)
6587 and then you receive mail which contains the following header:
6589 From: abd30425@somewhere.net
6591 It would be displayed in the index menu as ``Joe User'' instead of
6592 ``abd30425@somewhere.net.'' This is useful when the person's e-mail address is
6593 not human friendly (like CompuServe addresses).
6595 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 121
6597 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b9 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6603 It may sometimes arrive that you receive mail to a certain machine, move the
6604 messages to another machine, and reply to some the messages from there. If
6605 this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the default From: line of the reply messages is built
6606 using the address where you received the messages you are replying to i
\bif
\bf that
6607 address matches your alternates. If the variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, or the address that
6608 would be used doesn't match your alternates, the From: line will use your
6609 address on the current machine.
6611 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b0 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6617 This variable fine-tunes the behaviour of the _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.229 ,
6618 page 120) feature. When it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use the address from incoming
6619 messages as-is, possibly including eventual real names. When it is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
6620 Mutt-ng will override any such real names with the setting of the _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6621 (section 6.3.221 , page 118) variable.
6623 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b1 _
\br_
\bf_
\bc_
\b2_
\b0_
\b4_
\b7_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bs
6629 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will decode RFC-2047-encoded MIME parame-
6630 ters. You want to set this variable when Mutt-ng suggests you to save attach-
6631 ments to files named like this:
6633 =?iso-8859-1?Q?file=5F=E4=5F991116=2Ezip?=
6635 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt interactively, the change doesn't have the desired
6636 effect before you have changed folders.
6638 Note that this use of RFC 2047's encoding is explicitly, prohibited by the
6639 standard, but nevertheless encountered in the wild.
6641 Also note that setting this parameter will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt have the effect that Mutt-ng
6642 _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs this kind of encoding. Instead, Mutt-ng will unconditionally use the
6643 encoding specified in RFC 2231.
6645 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b2 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs
6651 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 122
6653 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will take the sender's full address when choosing a default
6654 folder for saving a mail. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.234 , page 122)'' or
6655 ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.70 , page 81)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt too, the selection of the
6656 fcc folder will be changed as well.
6658 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b3 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by
6664 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed when
6665 closed (the exception is ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.291 , page 135)'' which is
6666 never removed). If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mailboxes are never removed.
6668 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This only applies to mbox and MMDF folders, Mutt-ng does not delete MH
6669 and Maildir directories.
6671 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b4 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6677 This variable controls how copies of outgoing messages are saved. When set, a
6678 check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the recipient address exists
6679 (this is done by searching for a mailbox in the ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.65 ,
6680 page 79)'' directory with the _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be part of the recipient address). If the
6681 mailbox exists, the outgoing message will be saved to that mailbox, otherwise
6682 the message is saved to the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.223 , page 119)'' mailbox.
6684 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.70 , page 81)'' variable.
6686 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b5 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
6694 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, info about unsubscribed newsgroups will be saved into the ``newsrc''
6695 file and into the news cache.
6697 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be
6703 When this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, scoring is turned off. This can be useful to
6704 selectively disable scoring for certain folders when the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\b-
6705 _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be (section 6.3.237 , page 122)'' variable and friends are used.
6707 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 123
6709 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
6715 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
6716 this variable are automatically marked for deletion by Mutt-ng. Since Mutt-ng
6717 scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
6718 variable will never mark a message for deletion.
6720 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg
6726 Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to this vari-
6727 able's value are automatically marked ``flagged''.
6729 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
6735 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
6736 this variable are automatically marked as read by Mutt-ng. Since Mutt-ng
6737 scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
6738 variable will never mark a message read.
6740 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b0 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
6744 Default: 'us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8'
6746 A list of character sets for outgoing messages. Mutt-ng will use the first
6747 character set into which the text can be converted exactly. If your ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
6748 (section 6.3.26 , page 71)'' is not iso-8859-1 and recipients may not under-
6749 stand UTF-8, it is advisable to include in the list an appropriate widely used
6750 standard character set (such as iso-8859-2, koi8-r or iso-2022-jp) either
6751 instead of or after iso-8859-1.
6753 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b1 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
6757 Default: '/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi'
6759 Specifies the program and arguments used to deliver mail sent by Mutt-ng.
6760 Mutt-ng expects that the specified program interprets additional arguments as
6761 recipient addresses.
6763 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 124
6765 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b2 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt
6771 Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.241 ,
6772 page 123)'' process to finish before giving up and putting delivery in the
6775 Mutt-ng interprets the value of this variable as follows:
6778 number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before continuing
6781 wait forever for sendmail to finish
6784 always put sendmail in the background without waiting
6786 Note that if you specify a value other than 0, the output of the child process
6787 will be put in a temporary file. If there is some error, you will be informed
6788 as to where to find the output.
6790 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl
6796 Command to use when spawning a subshell. By default, the user's login shell
6797 from /etc/passwd is used.
6799 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs
6807 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the newsserver will be asked for new newsgroups on entering the
6808 browser. Otherwise, it will be done only once for a newsserver. Also controls
6809 whether or not the number of new articles of subscribed newsgroups will be
6812 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
6820 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 125
6822 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, only subscribed newsgroups that contain unread articles will be dis-
6823 played in the newsgroup browser.
6825 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\by
6831 When the sidebar is displayed and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bi_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\by (section
6832 6.3.250 , page 125) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable specifies the characters at which to
6833 split a folder name into ``hierarchy items.''
6835 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bm
6841 This specifies the delimiter between the sidebar (if visible) and other
6844 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by
6850 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, only folders with new mail will be shown in the sidebar.
6852 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
6856 Default: '%c%?n?(%n)?%?f?[%f]?'
6858 This variable controls how message counts are printed when the sidebar is
6859 enabled. If this variable is _
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by (_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by _
\bi_
\bf), no numbers will be printed
6860 _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd mutt-ng won't frequently count mail (which may be a great speedup esp. with
6861 mbox-style mailboxes.)
6863 The following printf(3)-like sequences are supported:
6866 Total number of messages.
6869 Number of flagged messages.
6872 Number of new messages.
6874 The %f and %n expandos may optionally be printed non-zero.
6876 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 126
6878 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bi_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\by
6884 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the ``hierarchy'' of the sidebar entries will be shortened only if
6885 they cannot be printed in full length (because ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bd_
\bt_
\bh (section
6886 6.3.252 , page 126)'' is set to a too low value). For example, if the news-
6887 group name ``de.alt.sysadmin.recovery'' doesn't fit on the screen, it'll get
6888 shortened ``d.a.s.recovery'' while ``de.alt.d0'' still would and thus will not
6891 At which characters this compression is done is controled via the _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b-
6892 _
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\by (section 6.3.246 , page 124) variable.
6894 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\bs_
\bi_
\bb_
\bl_
\be
6900 This specifies whether or not to show the sidebar (a list of folders specified
6901 with the ``mailboxes'' command).
6903 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bd_
\bt_
\bh
6909 The width of the sidebar.
6911 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bd_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bs
6917 If set, a line containing ``-- '' (dash, dash, space) will be inserted before
6918 your ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.255 , page 126)''. It is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended
6919 that you not unset this variable unless your ``signature'' contains just your
6920 name. The reason for this is because many software packages use ``-- \n'' to
6921 detect your signature.
6923 For example, Mutt-ng has the ability to highlight the signature in a different
6924 color in the builtin pager.
6926 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
6932 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 127
6934 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded text. It
6935 is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended that you do not set this variable unless you really
6936 know what you are doing, and are prepared to take some heat from netiquette
6939 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be
6943 Default: '~/.signature'
6945 Specifies the filename of your signature, which is appended to all outgoing
6946 messages. If the filename ends with a pipe (``|''), it is assumed that file-
6947 name is a shell command and input should be read from its stdout.
6949 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
6955 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this string will be inserted before the signature. This is useful for
6956 people that want to sign off every message they send with their name.
6958 If you want to insert your website's URL, additional contact information or
6959 witty quotes into your mails, better use a signature file instead of the sig-
6962 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
6966 Default: '~f %s | ~s %s'
6968 Specifies how Mutt-ng should expand a simple search into a real search pattern.
6969 A simple search is one that does not contain any of the ~ operators. See
6970 ``_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page 36)'' for more information on search patterns.
6972 For example, if you simply type ``joe'' at a search or limit prompt, Mutt-ng
6973 will automatically expand it to the value specified by this variable. For the
6974 default value it would be:
6978 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bl_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
6984 Specifies time, in seconds, to pause while displaying certain informational
6985 messages, while moving from folder to folder and after expunging messages from
6986 the current folder. The default is to pause one second, so a value of zero for
6987 this option suppresses the pause.
6989 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 128
6991 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp
6997 Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the internal
6998 pager. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, lines are
6999 simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.124 ,
7000 page 96)'' variable.
7002 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\by_
\bs
7004 Type: regular expression
7006 Default: '(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])'
7008 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses this variable to catch some common false positives of
7009 ``_
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.218 , page 118)'', most notably smileys in the
7012 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bl_
\ba_
\bb_
\be_
\bl
7018 This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label for a certifi-
7019 cate about to be added to the database or not. It is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt by default. (S/MIME
7022 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
7028 This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which contains
7029 trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL. (S/MIME only)
7031 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
7037 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, Mutt-ng has to handle storage
7038 and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right now, and keys and
7039 certificates are stored in two different directories, both named as the hash-
7040 value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-
7041 address keyid pairs, and which can be manually edited. This one points to the
7042 location of the certificates. (S/MIME only)
7044 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 129
7046 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7052 This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt application/x-
7053 pkcs7-mime attachments.
7055 The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences sim-
7059 Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
7062 Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
7063 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
7066 The key-pair specified with _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.266 ,
7070 One or more certificate IDs.
7073 The algorithm used for encryption.
7076 CA location: Depending on whether _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section
7077 6.3.262 , page 128) points to a directory or file, this expands to
7078 '-CApath _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.262 , page 128)' or
7079 '-CAfile _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.262 , page 128)'.
7081 For examples on how to configure these formats, see the smime.rc in the sam-
7082 ples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the docu-
7083 mentation. (S/MIME only)
7085 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7091 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (default) this tells Mutt-ng to use the default key for decryption. Oth-
7092 erwise, if manage multiple certificate-key-pairs, Mutt-ng will try to use the
7093 mailbox-address to determine the key to use. It will ask you to supply a key,
7094 if it can't find one. (S/MIME only)
7096 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7100 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 130
7104 This is the default key-pair to use for signing. This must be set to the keyid
7105 (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly (S/MIME only)
7107 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7113 This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages. (S/MIME only)
7115 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh
7121 This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption. Valid choices are
7122 ``des'', ``des3'', ``rc2-40'', ``rc2-64'', ``\frc2-128''.
7124 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt ``_
\b3_
\bd_
\be_
\bs'' (TripleDES) is used. (S/MIME only)
7126 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7132 This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7 structure.
7135 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7141 This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing X509 cer-
7142 tificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the certificate was
7143 issued for the sender's mailbox). (S/MIME only)
7145 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7151 This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from a S/MIME
7152 signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared to the email's
7153 ``From:'' header field. (S/MIME only)
7155 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 131
7157 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7163 This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keysng. (S/MIME only)
7165 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt
7171 The default behaviour of Mutt-ng is to use PGP on all auto-sign/encryption
7172 operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead this must be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt.
7174 However, this has no effect while replying, since Mutt-ng will automatically
7175 select the same application that was used to sign/encrypt the original message.
7177 (Note that this variable can be overridden by unsetting _
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be (sec-
7178 tion 6.3.39 , page 74).) (S/MIME only)
7180 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
7186 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, Mutt-ng has to handle storage ad
7187 retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right now, and stores
7188 keys and certificates in two different directories, both named as the hash-
7189 value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-
7190 address keyid pair, and which can be manually edited. This one points to the
7191 location of the private keys. (S/MIME only)
7193 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bp_
\bk_
\b7_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7199 This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures, in order
7200 to extract the public X509 certificate(s). (S/MIME only)
7202 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7208 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed,
7209 which can be read by all mail clients. (S/MIME only)
7211 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 132
7213 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bo_
\bp_
\ba_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7219 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type application/x-
7220 pkcs7-signature, which can only be handled by mail clients supporting the
7221 S/MIME extension. (S/MIME only)
7223 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
7229 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
7232 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7238 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed.
7241 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bo_
\bp_
\ba_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7247 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type application/x-
7248 pkcs7-mime. (S/MIME only)
7250 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
7258 Defines the password to use with SMTP AUTH. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
7259 6.3.282 , page 132)'' is set, but this variable is not, you will be prompted
7260 for a password when sending.
7262 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
7263 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
7265 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
7267 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 133
7275 Defines the username to use with SMTP AUTH. Setting this variable will cause
7276 Mutt-ng to attempt to use SMTP AUTH when sending.
7278 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
7286 Defines the SMTP host which will be used to deliver mail, as opposed to invok-
7287 ing the sendmail binary. Setting this variable overrides the value of ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
7288 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.241 , page 123)'', and any associated variables.
7290 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
7298 Defines the port that the SMTP host is listening on for mail delivery. Must be
7299 specified as a number.
7301 Defaults to 25, the standard SMTP port, but RFC 2476-compliant SMTP servers
7302 will probably desire 587, the mail submission port.
7304 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
7310 Specifies how to sort messages in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu. Valid values are:
7315 mailbox-order (unsorted)
7323 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 134
7325 You may optionally use the ``reverse-'' prefix to specify reverse sorting order
7326 (example: set sort=reverse-date-sent).
7328 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
7334 Specifies how the entries in the ``alias'' menu are sorted. The following are
7337 address (sort alphabetically by email address)
7338 alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)
7339 unsorted (leave in order specified in .muttrc)
7341 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx
7347 When sorting by threads, this variable controls how threads are sorted in rela-
7348 tion to other threads, and how the branches of the thread trees are sorted.
7349 This can be set to any value that ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.285 , page 133)'' can,
7350 except threads (in that case, Mutt-ng will just use date-sent). You can also
7351 specify the ``last-'' prefix in addition to ``reverse-'' prefix, but last- must
7352 come after reverse-. The last- prefix causes messages to be sorted against its
7353 siblings by which has the last descendant, using the rest of sort_aux as an
7356 For instance, set sort_aux=last-date-received would mean that if a new message
7357 is received in a thread, that thread becomes the last one displayed (or the
7358 first, if you have set sort=reverse-threads.)
7360 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For reversed ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.285 , page 133)'' order _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx
7361 (section 6.3.287 , page 134) is reversed again (which is not the right thing
7362 to do, but kept to not break any existing configuration setting).
7364 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
7370 Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the entries are
7371 sorted alphabetically. Valid values:
7373 alpha (alphabetically)
7377 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 135
7381 You may optionally use the ``reverse-'' prefix to specify reverse sorting order
7382 (example: set sort_browser=reverse-date).
7384 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be
7390 This variable is only useful when sorting by threads with ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
7391 (section 6.3.302 , page 139)'' _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. In that case, it changes the heuristic
7392 Mutt-ng uses to thread messages by subject. With _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be (section 6.3.289 ,
7393 page 134) _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will only attach a message as the child of another mes-
7394 sage by subject if the subject of the child message starts with a substring
7395 matching the setting of ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.224 , page 119)''. With
7396 _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be (section 6.3.289 , page 134) _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will attach the message
7397 whether or not this is the case, as long as the non-``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section
7398 6.3.224 , page 119)'' parts of both messages are identical.
7400 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
7406 ``_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.290 , page 135)'' controls what happens when
7407 multiple spam headers are matched: if _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, each successive header will over-
7408 write any previous matches value for the spam label. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, each successive
7409 match will append to the previous, using ``_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.290 ,
7410 page 135)'' as a separator.
7412 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
7418 If your spool mailbox is in a non-default place where Mutt-ng cannot find it,
7419 you can specify its location with this variable. Mutt-ng will automatically
7420 set this variable to the value of the environment variable $MAIL if it is not
7423 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
7429 This variable specifies a file containing trusted CA certificates. Any server
7430 certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also automati-
7433 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 136
7435 Example: set ssl_ca_certificates_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt
7437 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt
7445 The file containing a client certificate and its associated private key.
7447 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\b__
\bd_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bi_
\bt_
\bs
7453 Availability: GNUTLS
7455 This variable specifies the minimum acceptable prime size (in bits) for use in
7456 any Diffie-Hellman key exchange. A value of 0 will use the default from the
7459 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\bt_
\bl_
\bs
7465 Availability: SSL or GNUTLS
7467 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default), Mutt-ng will attempt to use STARTTLS on servers advertis-
7468 ing the capability. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not attempt to use STARTTLS
7469 regardless of the server's capabilities.
7471 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\bv_
\b3
7477 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
7479 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv3 in the SSL authentica-
7482 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bl_
\bs_
\bv_
\b1
7488 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
7490 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 137
7492 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use TLSv1 in the SSL authentica-
7495 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
7501 Controls the characters used by the ``%r'' indicator in ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (sec-
7502 tion 6.3.299 , page 137)''. The first character is used when the mailbox is
7503 unchanged. The second is used when the mailbox has been changed, and it needs
7504 to be resynchronized. The third is used if the mailbox is in read-only mode, or
7505 if the mailbox will not be written when exiting that mailbox (You can toggle
7506 whether to write changes to a mailbox with the toggle-write operation, bound by
7507 default to ``%''). The fourth is used to indicate that the current folder has
7508 been opened in attach-message mode (Certain operations like composing a new
7509 mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are not permitted in this mode).
7511 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
7515 Default: '-%r-Mutt-ng: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d?
7516 Del:%d?%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l?
7517 %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---'
7519 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu. This
7520 string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.112 , page 91)'', but has
7521 its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
7524 number of mailboxes with new mail *
7527 the short pathname of the current mailbox
7530 number of deleted messages *
7533 the full pathname of the current mailbox
7536 number of flagged messages *
7542 size (in bytes) of the current mailbox *
7545 size (in bytes) of the messages shown (i.e., which match the
7547 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 138
7552 the number of messages in the mailbox *
7555 the number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current limit)
7559 number of new messages in the mailbox *
7562 number of old unread messages *
7565 number of postponed messages *
7568 percentage of the way through the index
7571 modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator, according
7572 to _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.298 , page 136)
7575 current sorting mode (_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.285 , page 133))
7578 current aux sorting method (_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx (section 6.3.287 , page
7582 number of tagged messages *
7585 number of unread messages *
7588 Mutt-ng version string
7591 currently active limit pattern, if any *
7594 right justify the rest of the string and pad with 'X'
7597 pad to the end of the line with 'X'
7599 * = can be optionally printed if nonzero
7601 Some of the above sequences can be used to optionally print a string if their
7602 value is nonzero. For example, you may only want to see the number of flagged
7604 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 139
7606 messages if such messages exist, since zero is not particularly meaningful. To
7607 optionally print a string based upon one of the above sequences, the following
7610 %?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?
7612 where _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is a character from the table above, and _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg is
7613 the string you would like printed if _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is nonzero. _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
7614 m
\bma
\bay
\by contain other sequences as well as normal text, but you may n
\bno
\bot
\bt nest
7617 Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of new mes-
7620 %?n?%n new messages.?
7622 Additionally you can switch between two strings, the first one, if a value is
7623 zero, the second one, if the value is nonzero, by using the following con-
7626 %?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?
7628 You can additionally force the result of any printf(3)-like sequence to be low-
7629 ercase by prefixing the sequence character with an underscore (_) sign. For
7630 example, if you want to display the local hostname in lowercase, you would use:
7634 If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (:) character, Mutt-ng will
7635 replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might be helpful with
7636 IMAP folders that don't like dots in folder names.
7638 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
7644 Setting this variable causes the ``status bar'' to be displayed on the first
7645 line of the screen rather than near the bottom.
7647 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7653 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, non MIME-compliant messages that doesn't have any charset indica-
7654 tion in the ``Content-Type:'' header field can be displayed (non MIME-compliant
7655 messages are often generated by old mailers or buggy mailers like MS Outlook
7656 Express). See also _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 6.3.13 , page 67).
7658 This option also replaces linear-white-space between encoded-word and *text to
7659 a single space to prevent the display of MIME-encoded ``Subject:'' header field
7661 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 140
7663 from being devided into multiple lines.
7665 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
7671 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, threading will only make use of the ``In-Reply-To:'' and ``Refer-
7672 ences:'' header fields when you ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.285 , page 133)'' by mes-
7673 sage threads. By default, messages with the same subject are grouped together
7674 in ``pseudo threads.'' This may not always be desirable, such as in a personal
7675 mailbox where you might have several unrelated messages with the subject ``hi''
7676 which will get grouped together.
7678 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs
7684 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng will remove the trailing part of the ``Subject:'' line which
7685 matches _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx (section 6.3.304 , page 140) when replying. This is
7686 useful to properly react on subject changes and reduce ``subject noise.'' (esp.
7689 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx
7691 Type: regular expression
7693 Default: '\([Ww][Aa][RrSs]: .*\)[ ]*$'
7695 When non-empty and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.303 , page 139) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng
7696 will remove this trailing part of the ``Subject'' line when replying if it
7697 won't be empty afterwards.
7699 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bt_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
7705 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, attachments with flowed format will have their quoting ``stuffed'',
7706 i.e. a space will be inserted between the quote characters and the actual text.
7708 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bu_
\bs_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
7714 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng won't stop when the user presses the terminal's _
\bs_
\bu_
\bs_
\bp key,
7715 usually CTRL+Z. This is useful if you run Mutt-ng inside an xterm using a com-
7716 mand like ``xterm -e muttng.''
7718 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 141
7720 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\be_
\bd
7726 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate text/plain; format=flowed attachments. This
7727 format is easier to handle for some mailing software, and generally just looks
7728 like ordinary text. To actually make use of this format's features, you'll
7729 need support in your editor.
7731 Note that _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.111 , page 90) is ignored when this
7734 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bt_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bg_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
7740 Affects the ~b and ~h search operations described in section ``_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (sec-
7741 tion 4.2 , page 36)'' above. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the headers and attachments of messages
7742 to be searched are decoded before searching. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, messages are searched
7743 as they appear in the folder.
7745 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\be_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\bd
7751 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng uses the date received rather than the date sent to thread
7752 messages by subject.
7754 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be
7760 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the screen
7763 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
7769 This variable controls the _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bf _
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs Mutt-ng will wait for a key to be
7770 pressed in the main menu before timing out and checking for new mail. A value
7771 of zero or less will cause Mutt-ng to never time out.
7773 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 142
7775 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bt_
\bm_
\bp_
\bd_
\bi_
\br
7781 This variable allows you to specify where Mutt-ng will place its temporary
7782 files needed for displaying and composing messages. If this variable is not
7783 set, the environment variable $TMPDIR is used. If $TMPDIR is not set then
7786 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
7792 Controls the character used to indicate mail addressed to you. The first char-
7793 acter is the one used when the mail is NOT addressed to your address (default:
7794 space). The second is used when you are the only recipient of the message
7795 (default: +). The third is when your address appears in the ``To:'' header
7796 field, but you are not the only recipient of the message (default: T). The
7797 fourth character is used when your address is specified in the ``Cc:'' header
7798 field, but you are not the only recipient. The fifth character is used to
7799 indicate mail that was sent by _
\by_
\bo_
\bu. The sixth character is used to indicate
7800 when a mail was sent to a mailing-list you're subscribe to (default: L).
7802 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh
7808 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable specifies the path of the trash folder where the mails
7809 marked for deletion will be moved, instead of being irremediably purged.
7811 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be: When you delete a message in the trash folder, it is really deleted, so
7812 that there is no way to recover mail.
7814 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bt_
\bu_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bl
7820 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to open a pipe to a command instead of
7821 a raw socket. You may be able to use this to set up preauthenticated connec-
7822 tions to your IMAP/POP3 server. Example:
7824 tunnel='ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd'
7826 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the remote machine
7827 without having to enter a password.
7829 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 143
7831 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bu_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
7837 This sets the umask that will be used by Mutt-ng when creating all kinds of
7838 files. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the default value is 077.
7840 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bj_
\bu_
\bm_
\bp
7846 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will jump to the next unread message, if any, when the cur-
7847 rent thread is _
\bu_
\bncollapsed.
7849 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\b8_
\bb_
\bi_
\bt_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7855 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg:
\b: do not set this variable unless you are using a version of sendmail
7856 which supports the -B8BITMIME flag (such as sendmail 8.8.x) or you may not be
7859 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will invoke ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.241 , page 123)'' with
7860 the -B8BITMIME flag when sending 8-bit messages to enable ESMTP negotiation.
7862 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bo_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn
7868 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will qualify all local addresses (ones without the @host por-
7869 tion) with the value of ``_
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.92 , page 86)''. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
7870 no addresses will be qualified.
7872 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
7878 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate the ``From:'' header field when sending mes-
7879 sages. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no ``From:'' header field will be generated unless the user
7880 explicitly sets one using the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25)'' command.
7882 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bd_
\bn
7886 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 144
7892 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will show you international domain names decoded.
7894 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: You can use IDNs for addresses even if this is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This variable only
7897 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bp_
\bv_
\b6
7903 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will look for IPv6 addresses of hosts it tries to contact.
7904 If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will restrict itself to IPv4 addresses. Nor-
7905 mally, the default should work.
7907 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
7913 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will add a ``User-Agent:'' header to outgoing messages, indi-
7914 cating which version of Mutt-ng was used for composing them.
7916 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b4 _
\bv_
\bi_
\bs_
\bu_
\ba_
\bl
7922 Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the _
\b~_
\bv command is given in the
7925 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b5 _
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7931 Controls whether Mutt-ng will ask you to press a key after _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\b- _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-
7932 _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by, _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, and _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by commands.
7934 It is also used when viewing attachments with ``_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page
7935 60)'', provided that the corresponding mailcap entry has a needsterminal flag,
7936 and the external program is interactive.
7938 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will always ask for a key. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will wait for
7939 a key only if the external command returned a non-zero status.
7941 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 145
7943 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b6 _
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd
7949 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will weed headers when displaying, forwarding, printing, or
7950 replying to messages.
7952 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b7 _
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
7958 Controls whether searches wrap around the end of the mailbox.
7960 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, searches will wrap around the first (or last) message. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
7961 searches will not wrap.
7963 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b8 _
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn
7969 Controls the size of the margin remaining at the right side of the terminal
7970 when Mutt-ng's pager does smart wrapping.
7972 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b9 _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bc_
\bc
7978 Controls whether Mutt-ng writes out the Bcc header when preparing messages to
7979 be sent. Exim users may wish to _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this.
7981 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b0 _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
7987 When writing a mailbox, a message will be printed every _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc messages to
7988 indicate progress. If set to 0, only a single message will be displayed before
7991 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (section 6.3.219 , page 118)'' variable.
7993 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b1 _
\bx_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
7997 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 146
8003 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will add a ``X-Comment-To:'' header field (that contains full
8004 name of the original article author) to articles that you followup to.
8006 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b2 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bi_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn
8010 Default: 'M%?n?AIL&ail?'
8012 Controls the format of the X11 icon title, as long as _
\b$_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (sec-
8013 tion 6.3.333 , page 146) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This string is identical in formatting to the
8014 one used by ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.299 , page 137)''.
8016 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b3 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8022 Controls whether Mutt-ng sets the xterm title bar and icon name (as long as
8023 you're in an appropriate terminal). The default must be _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt to force in the
8026 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b4 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be
8030 Default: 'Mutt-ng with %?m?%m messages&no messages?%?n? [%n New]?'
8032 Controls the format of the title bar of the xterm provided that
8033 _
\b$_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 6.3.333 , page 146) has been _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This string is
8034 identical in formatting to the one used by ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.299 ,
8037 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
8039 The following is the list of available functions listed by the mapping in which
8040 they are available. The default key setting is given, and an explanation of
8041 what the function does. The key bindings of these functions can be changed
8042 with the _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) command.
8044 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bc
8046 The _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bc menu is not a real menu, but specifies common functions (such as
8047 movement) available in all menus except for _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br and _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br. Changing set-
8048 tings for this menu will affect the default bindings for all menus (except as
8051 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 147
8053 bottom-page L move to the bottom of the page
8054 current-bottom not bound move current entry to bottom of page
8055 current-middle not bound move current entry to middle of page
8056 current-top not bound move current entry to top of page
8057 enter-command : enter a muttngrc command
8058 exit q exit this menu
8059 first-entry = move to the first entry
8060 half-down ] scroll down 1/2 page
8061 half-up [ scroll up 1/2 page
8063 jump number jump to an index number
8064 last-entry * move to the last entry
8065 middle-page M move to the middle of the page
8066 next-entry j move to the next entry
8067 next-line > scroll down one line
8068 next-page z move to the next page
8069 previous-entry k move to the previous entry
8070 previous-line < scroll up one line
8071 previous-page Z move to the previous page
8072 refresh ^L clear and redraw the screen
8073 search / search for a regular expression
8074 search-next n search for next match
8075 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8076 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8077 select-entry RET select the current entry
8078 shell-escape ! run a program in a subshell
8079 tag-entry t toggle the tag on the current entry
8080 tag-prefix ; apply next command to tagged entries
8081 tag-prefix-cond not bound apply next function ONLY to tagged messages
8082 top-page H move to the top of the page
8083 what-key not bound display the keycode for a key press
8085 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx
8087 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 148
8089 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8090 change-folder c open a different folder
8091 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
8092 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
8093 clear-flag W clear a status flag from a message
8094 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
8095 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8096 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
8097 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
8098 delete-message d delete the current entry
8099 delete-pattern D delete messages matching a pattern
8100 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
8101 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
8102 display-address @ display full address of sender
8103 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8104 display-message RET display a message
8105 edit e edit the current message
8106 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
8107 exit x exit without saving changes
8108 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8109 fetch-mail G retrieve mail from POP server
8110 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
8111 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8112 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8113 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8114 limit l show only messages matching a pattern
8115 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8116 mail m compose a new mail message
8117 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
8118 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
8119 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
8120 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
8121 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
8122 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
8123 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
8124 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8125 previous-new ESC TAB jump to the previous new message
8126 previous-page Z move to the previous page
8127 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
8128 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
8129 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
8130 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
8131 print-message p print the current entry
8132 query Q query external program for addresses
8133 quit q save changes to mailbox and quit
8134 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
8135 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
8136 recall-message R recall a postponed message
8137 reply r reply to a message
8138 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
8139 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
8140 set-flag w set a status flag on a message
8141 show-version V show the Mutt-ng version number and date
8142 show-limit ESC l show currently active limit pattern, if any
8144 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 149
8146 sort-mailbox o sort messages
8147 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
8148 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
8149 tag-pattern T tag messages matching a pattern
8150 tag-thread ESC t tag/untag all messages in the current thread
8151 toggle-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
8152 toggle-write % toggle whether the mailbox will be rewritten
8153 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
8154 undelete-pattern U undelete messages matching a pattern
8155 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
8156 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
8157 untag-pattern ^T untag messages matching a pattern
8158 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
8160 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
8162 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 150
8164 bottom not bound jump to the bottom of the message
8165 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8166 change-folder c open a different folder
8167 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
8168 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
8169 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
8170 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8171 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
8172 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
8173 delete-message d delete the current entry
8174 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
8175 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
8176 display-address @ display full address of sender
8177 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8178 edit e edit the current message
8179 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
8180 enter-command : enter a muttngrc command
8181 exit i return to the main-menu
8182 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8183 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
8184 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8185 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8186 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8187 half-up not bound move up one-half page
8188 half-down not bound move down one-half page
8190 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8191 mail m compose a new mail message
8192 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
8193 mark-as-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
8194 next-line RET scroll down one line
8195 next-entry J move to the next entry
8196 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
8197 next-page move to the next page
8198 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
8199 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
8200 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
8201 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
8202 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
8203 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8204 previous-line BackSpace scroll up one line
8205 previous-entry K move to the previous entry
8206 previous-new not bound jump to the previous new message
8207 previous-page - move to the previous page
8208 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
8209 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
8210 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
8211 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
8212 print-message p print the current entry
8213 quit Q save changes to mailbox and quit
8214 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
8215 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
8216 recall-message R recall a postponed message
8217 redraw-screen ^L clear and redraw the screen
8219 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 151
8221 reply r reply to a message
8222 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
8223 search / search for a regular expression
8224 search-next n search for next match
8225 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8226 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8227 search-toggle \ toggle search pattern coloring
8228 shell-escape ! invoke a command in a subshell
8229 show-version V show the Mutt-ng version number and date
8230 skip-quoted S skip beyond quoted text
8231 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
8232 tag-message t tag a message
8233 toggle-quoted T toggle display of quoted text
8234 top ^ jump to the top of the message
8235 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
8236 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
8237 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
8238 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
8240 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b4 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
8242 search / search for a regular expression
8243 search-next n search for next match
8244 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8246 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b5 _
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by
8248 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8249 mail m compose a new mail message
8250 query Q query external program for addresses
8251 query-append A append new query results to current results
8252 search / search for a regular expression
8253 search-next n search for next match
8254 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8255 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8257 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b6 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh
8259 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 152
8261 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8262 collapse-parts v toggle display of subparts
8263 delete-entry d delete the current entry
8264 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8265 edit-type ^E edit the current entry's Content-Type
8266 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8267 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8268 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8269 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8270 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8271 print-entry p print the current entry
8272 reply r reply to a message
8273 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
8274 save-entry s save message/attachment to a file
8275 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
8276 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
8277 view-mailcap m force viewing of attachment using mailcap
8278 view-text T view attachment as text
8280 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b7 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be
8282 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 153
8284 attach-file a attach a file(s) to this message
8285 attach-message A attach message(s) to this message
8286 attach-key ESC k attach a PGP public key
8287 copy-file C save message/attachment to a file
8288 detach-file D delete the current entry
8289 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8290 edit-bcc b edit the BCC list
8291 edit-cc c edit the CC list
8292 edit-description d edit attachment description
8293 edit-encoding ^E edit attachment transfer-encoding
8294 edit-fcc f enter a file to save a copy of this message in
8295 edit-from ESC f edit the from: field
8296 edit-file ^X e edit the file to be attached
8297 edit-headers E edit the message with headers
8298 edit e edit the message
8299 edit-mime m edit attachment using mailcap entry
8300 edit-reply-to r edit the Reply-To field
8301 edit-subject s edit the subject of this message
8302 edit-to t edit the TO list
8303 edit-type ^T edit attachment type
8304 filter-entry F filter attachment through a shell command
8305 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8306 ispell i run ispell on the message
8307 new-mime n compose new attachment using mailcap entry
8308 pgp-menu p show PGP options
8309 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8310 postpone-message P save this message to send later
8311 print-entry l print the current entry
8312 rename-file R rename/move an attached file
8313 send-message y send the message
8314 toggle-unlink u toggle whether to delete file after sending it
8315 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
8316 write-fcc w write the message to a folder
8318 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b8 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be
8320 delete-entry d delete the current entry
8321 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
8323 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b9 _
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
8325 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 154
8327 change-dir c change directories
8328 check-new TAB check mailboxes for new mail
8329 enter-mask m enter a file mask
8330 search / search for a regular expression
8331 search-next n search for next match
8332 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8333 select-new N select a new file in this directory
8334 sort o sort messages
8335 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
8336 toggle-mailboxes TAB toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all files
8337 view-file SPACE view file
8338 subscribe s subscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
8339 unsubscribe u unsubscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
8340 toggle-subscribed T toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP Only)
8342 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp
8344 view-name % view the key's user id
8345 verify-key c verify a PGP public key
8347 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
8349 backspace BackSpace delete the char in front of the cursor
8350 backward-char ^B move the cursor one character to the left
8351 backward-word ESC b move the cursor to the previous word
8352 bol ^A jump to the beginning of the line
8353 buffy-cycle Space cycle among incoming mailboxes
8354 capitalize-word ESC c uppercase the first character in the word
8355 complete TAB complete filename or alias
8356 complete-query ^T complete address with query
8357 delete-char ^D delete the char under the cursor
8358 downcase-word ESC l lowercase all characters in current word
8359 eol ^E jump to the end of the line
8360 forward-char ^F move the cursor one character to the right
8361 forward-word ESC f move the cursor to the next word
8362 history-down not bound scroll down through the history list
8363 history-up not bound scroll up through the history list
8364 kill-eol ^K delete chars from cursor to end of line
8365 kill-eow ESC d delete chars from cursor to end of word
8366 kill-line ^U delete all chars on the line
8367 kill-word ^W delete the word in front of the cursor
8368 quote-char ^V quote the next typed key
8369 transpose-chars not bound transpose character under cursor with previous
8370 upcase-word ESC u uppercase all characters in current word
8372 _
\b7_
\b. _
\bM_
\bi_
\bs_
\bc_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bn_
\by
8374 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 155
8376 _
\b7_
\b._
\b1 _
\bA_
\bc_
\bk_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bl_
\be_
\bd_
\bg_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8378 Kari Hurtta <kari.hurtta@fmi.fi> co-developed the original MIME parsing code
8379 back in the ELM-ME days.
8381 The following people have been very helpful to the development of Mutt-ng:
8383 Vikas Agnihotri <vikasa@writeme.com>,
8385 Francois Berjon <Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr>,
8387 Aric Blumer <aric@fore.com>,
8389 John Capo <jc@irbs.com>,
8391 David Champion <dgc@uchicago.edu,
8393 Brendan Cully <brendan@kublai.com>,
8395 Liviu Daia <daia@stoilow.imar.ro>,
8397 Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@herndon4.his.com>,
8399 David DeSimone <fox@convex.hp.com>,
8401 Nickolay N. Dudorov <nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su>,
8403 Ruslan Ermilov <ru@freebsd.org>,
8405 Edmund Grimley Evans <edmundo@rano.org,
8407 Michael Finken <finken@conware.de>,
8409 Sven Guckes <guckes@math.fu-berlin.de>,
8411 Lars Hecking <lhecking@nmrc.ie>,
8413 Mark Holloman <holloman@nando.net>,
8415 Andreas Holzmann <holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de>,
8417 Marco d'Itri <md@linux.it>,
8419 Bjrn Jacke <bjacke@suse.com>,
8421 Byrial Jensen <byrial@image.dk>,
8423 David Jeske <jeske@igcom.net>,
8425 Christophe Kalt <kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr>,
8427 Tommi Komulainen <Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi>,
8429 Felix von Leitner (a.k.a ``Fefe'') <leitner@math.fu-berlin.de>,
8431 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 156
8433 Brandon Long <blong@fiction.net>,
8435 Jimmy Mkel <jmy@flashback.net>,
8437 Lars Marowsky-Bree <lmb@pointer.in-minden.de>,
8439 Thomas ``Mike'' Michlmayr <mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at>,
8441 Andrew W. Nosenko <awn@bcs.zp.ua>,
8443 David O'Brien <obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu>,
8445 Clint Olsen <olsenc@ichips.intel.com>,
8447 Park Myeong Seok <pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr>,
8449 Thomas Parmelan <tom@ankh.fr.eu.org>,
8451 Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>,
8453 Thomas Roessler <roessler@does-not-exist.org>,
8455 Roland Rosenfeld <roland@spinnaker.de>,
8457 TAKIZAWA Takashi <taki@luna.email.ne.jp>,
8459 Allain Thivillon <Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr>,
8461 Gero Treuner <gero@faveve.uni-stuttgart.de>,
8463 Vsevolod Volkov <vvv@lucky.net>,
8465 Ken Weinert <kenw@ihs.com> Andreas Krennmair <ak@synflood.at> Nico Golde
8466 <nico@ngolde.de> Rocco Rutte <pdmef@cs.tu-berlin.de>
8468 _
\b7_
\b._
\b2 _
\bA_
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt _
\bt_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bd_
\bo_
\bc_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
8470 This document was written in SGML, and then rendered using the sgml-tools pack-
8473 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 157
8477 1. Introduction ............................................................ 1
8478 1.1 Mutt-ng Home Page ................................................. 1
8479 1.2 Mailing Lists ..................................................... 1
8480 1.3 Software Distribution Sites ....................................... 1
8481 1.4 IRC ............................................................... 2
8482 1.5 Weblog ............................................................ 2
8483 1.6 Copyright ......................................................... 2
8485 2. Getting Started ......................................................... 2
8486 2.1 Moving Around in Menus ............................................ 2
8487 2.2 Editing Input Fields .............................................. 3
8488 2.3 Reading Mail - The Index and Pager ................................ 3
8489 2.4 Sending Mail ...................................................... 9
8490 2.5 Forwarding and Bouncing Mail ..................................... 13
8491 2.6 Postponing Mail .................................................. 14
8492 2.7 Reading news via NNTP ............................................ 14
8494 3. Configuration .......................................................... 14
8495 3.1 Syntax of Initialization Files ................................... 15
8496 3.2 Defining/Using aliases ........................................... 16
8497 3.3 Changing the default key bindings ................................ 17
8498 3.4 Defining aliases for character sets ............................. 19
8499 3.5 Setting variables based upon mailbox ............................. 19
8500 3.6 Keyboard macros .................................................. 20
8501 3.7 Using color and mono video attributes ............................ 21
8502 3.8 Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers ...................... 23
8503 3.9 Alternative addresses ............................................ 23
8504 3.10 Mailing lists .................................................... 24
8505 3.11 Using Multiple spool mailboxes ................................... 25
8506 3.12 Defining mailboxes which receive mail ............................ 25
8507 3.13 User defined headers ............................................. 26
8508 3.14 Defining the order of headers when viewing messages .............. 26
8509 3.15 Specify default save filename .................................... 26
8510 3.16 Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing ...................... 27
8511 3.17 Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once ... 27
8512 3.18 Change settings based upon message recipients .................... 27
8513 3.19 Change settings before formatting a message ...................... 28
8514 3.20 Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient .................. 29
8515 3.21 Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer ...................... 29
8516 3.22 Executing functions .............................................. 29
8517 3.23 Message Scoring .................................................. 29
8518 3.24 Spam detection ................................................... 29
8519 3.25 Setting variables ................................................ 31
8520 3.26 Reading initialization commands from another file ................ 32
8521 3.27 Configuring features conditionally ............................... 32
8522 3.28 Removing hooks ................................................... 33
8524 4. Advanced Usage ......................................................... 33
8525 4.1 Regular Expressions .............................................. 33
8529 4.2 Patterns ......................................................... 37
8530 4.3 Using Tags ....................................................... 40
8531 4.4 Using Hooks ...................................................... 41
8532 4.5 Using the sidebar ................................................ 42
8533 4.6 External Address Queries ......................................... 43
8534 4.7 Mailbox Formats .................................................. 44
8535 4.8 Mailbox Shortcuts ................................................ 44
8536 4.9 Handling Mailing Lists ........................................... 45
8537 4.10 Editing threads .................................................. 46
8538 4.11 Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support ....................... 46
8539 4.12 POP3 Support (OPTIONAL) .......................................... 47
8540 4.13 IMAP Support (OPTIONAL) .......................................... 47
8541 4.14 Managing multiple IMAP/POP accounts (OPTIONAL) ................... 49
8542 4.15 Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL) ........................... 49
8543 4.16 Compressed folders Support (OPTIONAL) ............................ 50
8545 5. Mutt's MIME Support .................................................... 52
8546 5.1 Using MIME in Mutt ............................................... 53
8547 5.2 MIME Type configuration with mime.types .......................... 54
8548 5.3 MIME Viewer configuration with mailcap ........................... 54
8549 5.4 MIME Autoview .................................................... 60
8550 5.5 MIME Multipart/Alternative ....................................... 61
8551 5.6 MIME Lookup ...................................................... 61
8553 6. Reference .............................................................. 62
8554 6.1 Command line options ............................................. 62
8555 6.2 Configuration Commands ........................................... 63
8556 6.3 Configuration variables .......................................... 65
8557 6.4 Functions ....................................................... 146
8559 7. Miscellany ............................................................ 154
8560 7.1 Acknowledgments ................................................. 155
8561 7.2 About this document ............................................. 156